WO2021143662A1 - Method and apparatus for determining physical downlink control channel, and device and medium - Google Patents

Method and apparatus for determining physical downlink control channel, and device and medium Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2021143662A1
WO2021143662A1 PCT/CN2021/071207 CN2021071207W WO2021143662A1 WO 2021143662 A1 WO2021143662 A1 WO 2021143662A1 CN 2021071207 W CN2021071207 W CN 2021071207W WO 2021143662 A1 WO2021143662 A1 WO 2021143662A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
control resource
cce
reg
resource set
domain
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/CN2021/071207
Other languages
French (fr)
Chinese (zh)
Inventor
李�根
沈晓冬
Original Assignee
维沃移动通信有限公司
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by 维沃移动通信有限公司 filed Critical 维沃移动通信有限公司
Publication of WO2021143662A1 publication Critical patent/WO2021143662A1/en

Links

Images

Classifications

    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04WWIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W72/00Local resource management
    • H04W72/20Control channels or signalling for resource management
    • H04W72/23Control channels or signalling for resource management in the downlink direction of a wireless link, i.e. towards a terminal
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04LTRANSMISSION OF DIGITAL INFORMATION, e.g. TELEGRAPHIC COMMUNICATION
    • H04L1/00Arrangements for detecting or preventing errors in the information received
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04LTRANSMISSION OF DIGITAL INFORMATION, e.g. TELEGRAPHIC COMMUNICATION
    • H04L1/00Arrangements for detecting or preventing errors in the information received
    • H04L1/004Arrangements for detecting or preventing errors in the information received by using forward error control
    • H04L1/0056Systems characterized by the type of code used
    • H04L1/0071Use of interleaving
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04WWIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W72/00Local resource management
    • H04W72/04Wireless resource allocation
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04WWIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W72/00Local resource management
    • H04W72/04Wireless resource allocation
    • H04W72/044Wireless resource allocation based on the type of the allocated resource
    • H04W72/0446Resources in time domain, e.g. slots or frames
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04WWIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W72/00Local resource management
    • H04W72/04Wireless resource allocation
    • H04W72/044Wireless resource allocation based on the type of the allocated resource
    • H04W72/0453Resources in frequency domain, e.g. a carrier in FDMA

Definitions

  • the embodiments of the present invention relate to the field of communications, and in particular, to a method, device, device, and medium for determining a physical downlink control channel.
  • NR New Radio
  • Coreset the concept of Control Resource Set (Coreset) is introduced, and the Physical Downlink Control Channel (PDCCH) is transmitted on the Coreset.
  • PDCCH Physical Downlink Control Channel
  • NR operates in a high frequency band (such as 57-71GHz) and supports large bandwidth carriers
  • SCS subcarrier spacing
  • FR2 24250MHz-52600MHz, also known as Above-6GHz or millimeter wave
  • FFT Fast Fourier Transformation
  • increasing the SCS will cause the length of each symbol to decrease. If the maximum number of symbols configured by the Coreset remains unchanged, the absolute time of the Coreset will be reduced, thereby affecting the performance of the PDCCH transmitted on the Coreset.
  • the embodiment of the present invention provides a method for determining a physical downlink control channel to solve the problem that the solution of configuring a Coreset with a larger time domain length cannot currently be realized.
  • the present invention is implemented as follows:
  • an embodiment of the present invention provides a method for determining a physical downlink control channel, including:
  • the CCE to REG mapping is performed on the multiple resource element group REG bundles to obtain at least the first control resource set
  • One CCE, one CCE includes at least one REG bundle, and one REG bundle includes at least one REG;
  • a candidate physical downlink control channel PDCCH of the first control resource set is determined.
  • an apparatus for determining a physical downlink control channel including:
  • the first mapping module is configured to perform CCE to REG mapping on the multiple resource element group REG bundles according to the number of the multiple resource element group REG bundles of the first control resource set and the control channel element CCE size to obtain the At least one CCE in the first control resource set, one CCE includes at least one REG bundle, and one REG bundle includes at least one REG;
  • the channel determining module is configured to determine the candidate physical downlink control channel PDCCH of the first control resource set according to the at least one CCE.
  • an embodiment of the present invention provides a network device, including a processor, a memory, and a computer program stored on the memory and running on the processor, the computer program being executed by the processor When realizing the steps of the method for determining the physical downlink control channel.
  • an embodiment of the present invention provides a user equipment, including a processor, a memory, and a computer program stored on the memory and running on the processor, the computer program being executed by the processor When realizing the steps of the method for determining the physical downlink control channel.
  • an embodiment of the present invention provides a computer-readable storage medium on which a computer program is stored, and when the computer program is executed by a processor, the method for determining the physical downlink control channel is implemented A step of.
  • an embodiment of the present invention provides a computer program product, and the program product is executed by at least one processor to implement the steps of the physical downlink control channel determination method.
  • an embodiment of the present invention provides a user equipment configured to implement the steps of the method for determining the physical downlink control channel.
  • the REG bundles of the first control resource set are numbered, and the CCE to REG mapping is performed according to the number of the REG bundles and the CCE size to obtain at least one CCE of the first control resource set, thereby determining the first control resource set.
  • Figure 1 shows an interaction diagram of an embodiment of a method for determining a physical downlink control channel provided by the present invention
  • FIG. 2 shows a schematic flowchart of an embodiment of a method for determining a physical downlink control channel provided by the present invention
  • Figure 3 shows a schematic diagram of an embodiment of REG numbering provided by the present invention
  • FIG. 4 shows a schematic flowchart of another embodiment of a method for determining a physical downlink control channel provided by the present invention
  • FIG. 5 shows a schematic flowchart of another embodiment of a method for determining a physical downlink control channel provided by the present invention
  • FIG. 6 shows a schematic flowchart of another embodiment of a method for determining a physical downlink control channel provided by the present invention
  • FIG. 7 shows a schematic flowchart of another embodiment of a method for determining a physical downlink control channel provided by the present invention.
  • FIG. 8 shows a schematic structural diagram of another embodiment of the apparatus for determining a physical downlink control channel provided by the present invention.
  • FIG. 9 shows a schematic diagram of the hardware structure of an embodiment of a network device provided by the present invention.
  • FIG. 10 shows a schematic diagram of the hardware structure of an embodiment of the user equipment provided by the present invention.
  • Coreset is similar to the definition of the Long Term Evolution (LTE) PDCCH control domain, and it can be all or part of the PRB configured in the BWP frequency domain.
  • the duration of Coreset (in symbols) can be configured as 1, 2 or 3.
  • the resources related to Coreset have the following definitions:
  • ⁇ Resource Element Group A resource element group that occupies 1 symbol in the time domain and 1 physical resource block (PRB) in the frequency domain;
  • ⁇ REG bundle (REG bundle): a combination of L REGs, L can be configured by the radio resource control (Radio Resource Control, RRC) parameter reg-bundle-size;
  • RRC Radio Resource Control
  • L is fixed at 6;
  • L can be configured as 2 or 6; when the number of Coreset symbols is configured as 2 or 3, L can be configured as the number of Coreset symbols or 6;
  • Control-channel element Contains 6 REGs and is mapped according to the following CCE-to-REG mapping rules.
  • CCE-to-REG mapping can be configured as interleaved or non-interleaved, and is performed at the granularity of the REG bundle according to the following rules:
  • R is the interleaver size, which can be configured as 2, 3 or 6, and N Coreset /(L*R) is an integer; n shift ⁇ ⁇ 0,1,...,274 ⁇ can be performed by the high-level parameter shiftIndex Configure, otherwise
  • the user equipment User Equipment, UE
  • the precoding (precoding) in one REG bundle is the same;
  • the UE assumes that the precoding on the continuous REG in the coreset is the same, and the continuous REG is not the same as the resource unit (Cell Reference Signal, CRS) of the LTE cell reference signal (CRS) configured in the case of any SSB or DSS Resource element, RE) overlap.
  • CRS Cell Reference Signal
  • CRS LTE cell reference signal
  • FIG. 1 shows an interaction diagram of an embodiment of a method for determining a physical downlink control channel provided by the present invention.
  • the method for determining the physical downlink control channel includes:
  • Step 101 The network device determines a candidate PDCCH according to the pre-configuration information.
  • the network equipment may include a base station.
  • the pre-configuration information may include at least one of the following: the number of symbols of the control resource set, the size of the REG bundle, the size of the CCE, the mapping mode of the CCE to the REG, and the mapping rule of the mapping mode.
  • the method for determining the physical downlink control channel also includes:
  • Step 102 The network device uses one of the candidate PDCCHs to carry downlink control information (Downlink Control Information, DCI), and sends the DCI;
  • DCI Downlink Control Information
  • Step 103 The user equipment determines a candidate PDCCH according to the pre-configuration information.
  • the pre-configuration information may be configuration information sent by the network device received by the user equipment.
  • the pre-configuration information may include at least one of the following: the number of symbols in the control resource set, the size of the REG bundle, the size of the CCE, the mapping mode of the CCE to the REG, and the mapping rule of the mapping mode.
  • the method for determining the physical downlink control channel also includes:
  • Step 104 The user equipment monitors the determined candidate PDCCH to receive the DCI carried by one of the candidate PDCCHs.
  • FIG. 2 shows a schematic flowchart of an embodiment of a method for determining a physical downlink control channel provided by the present invention.
  • the method for determining the physical downlink control channel is applied to a network device (such as a base station).
  • a network device such as a base station.
  • the method for determining a physical downlink control channel includes:
  • Step 201 The network device performs CCE to REG mapping on the multiple REG bundles according to the number of the multiple REG bundles in the first control resource set and the size of the control channel element CCE to obtain at least one CCE and one CCE in the first control resource set. Includes at least one resource unit group REG bundle, and one resource unit group REG bundle includes at least one REG;
  • Step 202 The network device determines the candidate physical downlink control channel PDCCH of the first control resource set according to the at least one CCE.
  • the network device numbers the REG bundles of the first control resource set, and performs the mapping from CCE to REG according to the number of the REG bundle and the CCE size to obtain at least one CCE of the first control resource set, thereby determining Candidate PDCCH of the first control resource set. Therefore, the candidate PDCCH can be determined according to the above solution, so that a control resource set with a larger time domain length can be configured.
  • step 201 may include:
  • the network device performs CCE to REG mapping on the multiple REG bundles according to the mapping rule of the first pre-configuration mode, the number of the multiple REG bundles, and the size of the control channel element CCE;
  • the first pre-configured mode is one of the following: unified interleaving mode, unified non-interleaving mode, time-domain interleaving mode and frequency-domain non-interleaving mode, time-domain non-interleaving mode and frequency-domain non-interleaving mode, time-domain interleaving mode and frequency Domain interleaving mode, time domain non-interleaving mode and frequency domain interleaving mode;
  • the unified interleaving mode is a CCE to REG mapping mode that interleaves the numbers of multiple REG bundles;
  • the unified non-interleaving mode is a CCE to REG mapping mode that non-interleaves the numbers of multiple REG bundles.
  • a control resource set with a larger time domain length in order to prevent the performance of the PDCCH transmitted on the control resource set from being affected, a control resource set with a larger time domain length can be configured.
  • time division multiplexing (TDM) REG bundles may appear in the control resource set.
  • REG0 and REG1 in Figure 3 are a REG bundle
  • REG2 and REG3 is another REG bundle. Since these two REG bundles belong to the same frequency domain, these two REG bundles are TDM REG bundles.
  • the REG bundle in the control resource set may be processed according to the solution of the embodiment of the present invention. Therefore, a TDM REG bundle may appear in the control resource set in the embodiment of the present invention, so that a control resource set with a larger time domain length can be configured.
  • the mapping rule of the unified interleaving pattern may be related to at least one of the following: the number of TDM REG bundles in the first control resource set, pre-configured or predefined unified interleaving Size, the number of pre-configured or predefined REG bundles contained in each CCE in the time domain, and the pre-configured or predefined number of REG bundles contained in each CCE in the frequency domain;
  • the mapping rule of the unified non-interleaved mode may be related to at least one of the following: the number of TDM REG bundles in the first control resource set, the pre-configured or pre-defined number of REG bundles contained in each CCE in the time domain, pre-configured Or the predefined number of REG bundles included in each CCE in the frequency domain;
  • the mapping rule of the time-domain interleaving pattern may be related to one or more of the following factors: the number of TDM REG bundles in the first control resource set, the pre-configured or predefined time-domain interleaving size, and each pre-configured or pre-defined CCE The number of REG bundles included in the time domain, and the pre-configured or predefined number of REG bundles included in each CCE in the frequency domain;
  • the mapping rule of the frequency domain interleaving pattern may be related to one or more of the following factors: the number of TDM REG bundles in the first control resource set, the pre-configured or pre-defined frequency-domain interleaving size, and each pre-configured or pre-defined CCE The number of REG bundles included in the time domain, and the pre-configured or predefined number of REG bundles included in each CCE in the frequency domain;
  • the mapping rule of the time-domain non-interlaced mode may be related to one or more of the following factors: the number of TDM REG bundles in the first control resource set, the number of pre-configured or predefined REG bundles contained in each CCE in the time domain , The number of pre-configured or predefined REG bundles included in each CCE in the frequency domain;
  • the mapping rule of the frequency domain non-interleaved mode may be related to one or more of the following factors: the number of TDM REG bundles in the first control resource set, and the pre-configured or predefined number of REG bundles contained in each CCE in the time domain , The pre-configured or pre-defined number of REG bundles included in each CCE in the frequency domain.
  • mapping rule in the embodiment of the present invention may include a mapping function or an interleaving function.
  • the method for determining the physical downlink control channel may further include:
  • the multiple resource unit group REG bundles are numbered.
  • the numbering rule of the REG of the first control resource set may be:
  • the REGs in the lowest frequency domain in the first control resource set are numbered sequentially in the time domain sequence; according to the frequency domain of the first control resource set from low to high, the next frequency domain of the first control resource set The REGs are numbered sequentially in time domain order, until all REGs in the first control resource set are numbered.
  • the REGs of the first control resource set are combined to form multiple REG bundles of the first control resource set.
  • the lowest REG in the frequency domain is numbered first, and the numbers are REG0 to REG11. Then, on the basis of the number REG11, continue to number the next lowest REG in the frequency domain, numbered REG12 to REG23. And so on, until the numbering of all REGs in the first control resource set is completed.
  • the REG bundles can be uniformly numbered according to the frequency domain first and then the time domain, or the time domain first and then the frequency domain. details as follows:
  • the numbering rule of the multiple resource unit group REG bundles of the first control resource set may be:
  • the REG bundles in the lowest frequency domain in the first control resource set are numbered sequentially in the time domain sequence; according to the frequency domain of the first control resource set from low to high, the next frequency domain of the first control resource set
  • the upper REG bundles are numbered sequentially in time domain order, until all REG bundles in the first control resource set are numbered. Among them, one REG bundle can have one number.
  • the numbering result of the REG of the first control resource set is shown in Figure 3, and when the size of the REG bundle is 2 REGs in the time domain, the 6 REG bundles formed by the combination of REG0 to REG11 are numbered first, that is, REG0
  • the number of the REG bundle formed by combining with REG1 is REG bundle 0
  • the number of the REG bundle formed by combining REG2 and REG3 is REG bundle 1...
  • the REG bundle formed by combining REG10 and REG11 is numbered REG bundle 5.
  • the 6 REG bundles formed by the combination of REG12 to REG23 are numbered, which are REG bundle 6 to REG bundle 10, respectively.
  • 36 REG bundles formed by the combination of REG0 to REG71 are numbered, which are REG bundle 0 to REG bundle 35, respectively.
  • the numbering rule of the multiple resource unit group REG bundles of the first control resource set is:
  • the REG bundles in the highest frequency domain in the first control resource set are numbered sequentially in time domain order; according to the order of the frequency domain of the first control resource set from high to low, the next frequency of the first control resource set is The REG bundles on the domain are numbered sequentially in the time domain sequence until all REG bundles in the first control resource set are numbered.
  • the REG numbering result of the first control resource set is shown in Fig. 3, when the REG bundle size is 2 REGs in the time domain, all REG bundles in the highest frequency domain in the first control resource set are sequentially Numbering in the order of time domain, that is, numbering the 6 REG bundles formed by combining REG60 to REG71, so that the REG bundle formed by combining REG60 and REG61 is numbered REG bundle 0, and the REG bundle formed by combining REG62 and REG63 is numbered REG Bundle 1...
  • the REG bundle number formed by combining REG70 and REG71 is REG bundle 5.
  • the 6 REG bundles formed by the combination of REG48 to REG59 are numbered, which are REG bundle 6 to REG bundle 10, respectively.
  • 36 REG bundles formed by the combination of REG0 to REG71 are numbered, which are REG bundle 0 to REG bundle 35, respectively.
  • the numbering rule of the multiple resource unit group REG bundles of the first control resource set may be:
  • the REG bundles in the first time domain in the first control resource set are numbered in sequence from low to high in the frequency domain; according to the time domain sequence of the first control resource set, the lower part of the first control resource set is The REG bundles in a time domain are numbered sequentially from low to high in the frequency domain, until all REG bundles in the first control resource set are numbered.
  • One REG bundle can have one number.
  • the REG bundle size is 2 REGs in the time domain, starting from the first time domain of the first control resource set, the first Each REG bundle in the time domain is numbered, the REG bundle formed by REG0 and REG1 is numbered REG bundle 0; the REG bundle formed by REG12 and REG13 is numbered REG bundle 1...
  • the REG bundle formed by REG60 and REG61 is numbered REG bundle 5.
  • the REG bundles on the second time domain are numbered.
  • the REG bundles on the second time domain are numbered similarly to the REG bundles on the first time domain. The numbering of the REG bundle in the second time domain will not be repeated here.
  • the numbering rule of the multiple resource unit group REG bundles of the first control resource set may be:
  • the REG bundles in the first time domain in the first control resource set are numbered in sequence from high to low in the frequency domain; according to the time domain sequence of the first control resource set, the lower ones of the first control resource set are numbered.
  • Each REG bundle in a time domain is sequentially numbered from high to low in the frequency domain, until all REG bundles in the first control resource set are numbered.
  • the REG bundle size is 2 REGs in the time domain, starting from the first time domain of the first control resource set, the first The REG bundles in the time domain are numbered, the REG bundle formed by REG60 and REG61 is numbered REG bundle 0; the REG bundle formed by REG48 and REG49 is numbered REG bundle 1...The REG bundle formed by REG0 and REG1 is numbered REG bundle 5.
  • the REG bundles on the second time domain are numbered.
  • the REG bundles on the second time domain are numbered similarly to the REG bundles on the first time domain. The numbering of the REG bundle in the second time domain will not be repeated here.
  • step 201 may include:
  • the network device performs CCE to REG mapping on multiple REG bundles according to the mapping rule of the second pre-configuration mode, the mapping rule of the third pre-configuration mode, the number of multiple REG bundles, and the size of the control channel element CCE;
  • the second pre-configuration mode is a time-domain interleaving mode or a time-domain non-interleaving mode
  • the third pre-configuration mode is a frequency-domain interleaving mode or a frequency-domain non-interleaving mode.
  • a control resource set with a larger time domain length in order to prevent the performance of the PDCCH transmitted on the control resource set from being affected, a control resource set with a larger time domain length can be configured. If a control resource set with a larger time domain length is configured, a TDM REG bundle may appear in the control resource set. When a TDM REG bundle appears in the control resource set, the REG bundle in the control resource set may be processed according to the solution of the embodiment of the present invention. Therefore, a TDM REG bundle may appear in the control resource set in the embodiment of the present invention, so that a control resource set with a larger time domain length can be configured.
  • the mapping rule of the time-domain interleaving pattern may be related to at least one of the following: the number of TDM REG bundles in the first control resource set, the configuration or the predefined time-domain interleaving size, The number of pre-configured or predefined REG bundles included in each CCE in the time domain, and the pre-configured or predefined number of REG bundles included in each CCE in the frequency domain;
  • the mapping rule of the frequency domain interleaving pattern may be related to at least one of the following: the number of TDM REG bundles in the first control resource set, the configured or predefined frequency domain interleaving size, and each pre-configured or predefined CCE is in the time domain The number of REG bundles contained in the above, the pre-configured or predefined number of REG bundles contained in each CCE in the frequency domain;
  • the mapping rule of the time-domain non-interleaved mode may be related to at least one of the following: the number of TDM REG bundles in the first control resource set, and the number of pre-configured or predefined REG bundles contained in each CCE in the time domain Number, the number of pre-configured or predefined REG bundles included in each CCE in the frequency domain;
  • the mapping rule of the frequency-domain non-interleaved mode may be related to at least one of the following: the number of REG bundles of the time division multiplexing TDM in the first control resource set, and the number of pre-configured or predefined REG bundles contained in each CCE in the time domain Number, pre-configured or predefined number of REG bundles included in each CCE in the frequency domain.
  • the number of each REG bundle of the first control resource set may include a time domain number and a frequency domain number.
  • the method for determining the physical downlink control channel may further include:
  • the network device obtains multiple REG bundles according to the size of the REG bundle and the REG of the first control resource set. Specifically, the REGs of the first control resource set are combined according to the size of the REG bundle to form multiple REG bundles.
  • the size of the REG bundle is related to the number of symbols in the first control resource set (that is, the time domain length of the first control resource set).
  • the REG bundle size can be obtained according to the number of symbols in the first control resource set. Therefore, even if a control resource set with a larger time domain length is configured, the occurrence of TDM REG bundles in the first control resource set can be avoided, thereby avoiding the occurrence of TDM CCEs in the first control resource set. Therefore, the embodiment of the present invention can configure a control resource set with a larger time domain length.
  • the REG bundle size may be greater than or equal to the duration of the first control resource set.
  • the size of the control channel element CCE may be related to the number of symbols in the first control resource set.
  • the CCE size can be obtained according to the number of symbols of the control resource set. Therefore, even if a control resource set with a larger time domain length is configured, TDM CCEs can be avoided in the control resource set. Therefore, the embodiment of the present invention can configure a control resource set with a larger time domain length.
  • the REG bundle size can be configured in the time domain and/or frequency domain.
  • the size of the REG bundle is configured as 2 according to the time domain, so one REG bundle can be REG0 and REG1 in FIG. 3.
  • the size of the REG beam is configured as 2 according to the frequency domain, so one REG beam can be REG0 and REG12 in FIG. 3.
  • the size of the REG bundle is configured as 2 according to the frequency domain and 2 according to the time domain. Therefore, one REG bundle may be REG0, REG1, REG12, and REG13 in FIG. 3.
  • the method for determining the physical downlink control channel may further include:
  • the network device divides the second control resource set into multiple first control resource sets according to the configuration information of the second control resource set.
  • the second control resource set configured with a larger time domain length can be divided into multiple first control resource sets, which avoids the occurrence of TDM REG bundles in the first control resource set. Therefore, the embodiment of the present invention can configure a control resource set with a larger time domain length.
  • the REG numbering rule of the multiple first control resource sets is: for each first control resource set, the REGs of the first control resource set are processed starting from the first subscription number. serial number.
  • the second control resource set is divided into six first control resource sets, namely Sub-coreset 0 to Sub-coreset 5.
  • the 10 REGs of Sub-coreset 5 are numbered REG0 to REG9.
  • the numbering rule of the REG bundles of the multiple first control resource sets may be: for each first control resource set, the first control resource set starts from the second subscription number.
  • the REG bundle is numbered.
  • the configuration information of the second control resource set may include the total number of the first control resource set to be divided into the second control resource set and/or the number of symbols of the first control resource set. number.
  • the configuration information of the second control resource set may include the number of symbols of the second control resource set
  • the network device divides the second control resource set into multiple first control resource sets, which may include:
  • the network device determines, according to the number of symbols in the second control resource set, the total number of first control resource sets to be divided into the second control resource set and/or the number of symbols in a first control resource set;
  • the network device divides the first control resource set into multiple first control resource sets according to the total number of the first control resource sets and/or the number of symbols of one first control resource set.
  • step 202 may include:
  • the method for determining the physical downlink control channel may further include:
  • the CCEs of the multiple first control resource sets are numbered.
  • the numbering rules of the CCEs of the multiple first control resource sets may include:
  • Perform numbering step sequentially number the j-th CCE in the multiple first control resource sets according to the order of the multiple first control resource sets;
  • the second control resource set is divided into six first control resource sets, namely Sub-coreset 0 to Sub-coreset 5, and each Sub-coreset has 8 CCEs, for a total of 48 CCEs. Then in the order of Sub-coreset 0 to Sub-coreset 5, number the first CCE of Sub-coreset 0 to Sub-coreset 5, and then number the second CCE of Sub-coreset 0 to Sub-coreset 5 ...Number the eighth CCE of Sub-coreset 0 to Sub-coreset 5.
  • Sub-coreset 0 corresponds to CCE ⁇ 0, 6, 12, 18, 24, 30, 36, 42 ⁇
  • Sub-coreset 1 corresponds to CCE ⁇ 1, 7, 13, 19, 25, 31, 37, 43 ⁇
  • Sub-coreset 2 corresponds to CCE ⁇ 2, 8, 14, 20, 26, 32, 38, 44 ⁇
  • Sub-coreset 5 corresponds to CCE ⁇ 5, 11, 17, 23, 29, 35, 41, 47 ⁇
  • the number of the first CCE of Sub-coreset 0 is 0, the number of the first CCE of Sub-coreset 1 is 1, and the number of the first CCE of Sub-coreset 2 is 2...Sub-coreset 5 The number of the first CCE is 5.
  • the number of the second CCE of Sub-coreset 0 is 6, the number of the second CCE of Sub-coreset 1 is 7, and the number of the second CCE of Sub-coreset 2 is 8...
  • the second of Sub-coreset 5 The CCE number is 11.
  • the number of each CCE of each Sub-coreset 0 is obtained.
  • the CCEs of multiple first control resource sets are numbered in the above-mentioned manner, so that the same candidate PDCCH can come from different first control resource sets. In this way, the CCEs with adjacent numbers are far apart and the first control resource set can be increased. Control the performance of the PDCCH transmitted on the resource set.
  • step 202 may include:
  • the network device combines at least one CCE in the first control resource set to obtain at least one CCE group, where one CCE group includes at least one CCE;
  • PDCCH to CCE group mapping is performed on at least one CCE group to obtain a candidate physical downlink control channel PDCCH.
  • each first control resource set if there are multiple first control resource sets, the CCEs of each first control resource set are combined, so that each first control resource set has a CCE group.
  • the present invention provides a method for determining a physical downlink control channel applied to a user equipment according to an embodiment, and the method for determining a physical downlink control channel may include:
  • the user equipment performs CCE to REG mapping on the multiple resource element group REG bundles according to the number of the multiple resource element group REG bundles of the first control resource set and the control channel element CCE size to obtain at least one CCE of the first control resource set , Wherein one CCE includes at least one resource unit group REG bundle, and one resource unit group REG bundle includes at least one REG;
  • the user equipment determines the candidate physical downlink control channel PDCCH of the first control resource set according to the at least one CCE.
  • the user equipment numbers the REG bundles of the first control resource set, and performs CCE to REG mapping according to the number of the REG bundle and the CCE size to obtain at least one CCE of the first control resource set, thereby determining Candidate PDCCH of the first control resource set. Therefore, the candidate PDCCH can be determined according to the above solution, so that a control resource set with a larger time domain length can be configured.
  • the user equipment performs CCE to REG conversion on the multiple resource element group REG bundles according to the number of the multiple resource element group REG bundles of the first control resource set and the control channel element CCE size.
  • Mapping can include:
  • the user equipment performs CCE to REG mapping on the multiple resource unit group REG bundles according to the mapping rule of the first pre-configuration mode, the number of the multiple resource unit group REG bundles and the control channel element CCE size;
  • the first pre-configured mode is one of the following: unified interleaving mode, unified non-interleaving mode, time-domain interleaving mode and frequency-domain non-interleaving mode, time-domain non-interleaving mode and frequency-domain non-interleaving mode, time-domain interleaving mode and frequency Domain interleaving mode, time domain non-interleaving mode and frequency domain interleaving mode;
  • the unified interleaving mode can be a CCE to REG mapping mode that interleaves the numbers of multiple resource unit group REG bundles; the unified non-interleaved mode is a CCE to REG mapping mode that non-interleaves the numbers of multiple resource unit group REG bundles .
  • the mapping rule of the unified interleaving pattern may be related to at least one of the following: the number of TDM REG bundles in the first control resource set, pre-configured or predefined unified interleaving Size, the number of pre-configured or predefined REG bundles contained in each CCE in the time domain, and the pre-configured or predefined number of REG bundles contained in each CCE in the frequency domain;
  • the mapping rule of the unified non-interleaved mode may be related to at least one of the following: the number of TDM REG bundles in the first control resource set, the pre-configured or pre-defined number of REG bundles contained in each CCE in the time domain, pre-configured Or the predefined number of REG bundles included in each CCE in the frequency domain;
  • the mapping rule of the time-domain interleaving pattern may be related to one or more of the following factors: the number of TDM REG bundles in the first control resource set, the pre-configured or predefined time-domain interleaving size, and each pre-configured or pre-defined CCE The number of REG bundles included in the time domain, and the pre-configured or predefined number of REG bundles included in each CCE in the frequency domain;
  • the mapping rule of the frequency domain interleaving pattern may be related to one or more of the following factors: the number of TDM REG bundles in the first control resource set, the pre-configured or pre-defined frequency-domain interleaving size, and each pre-configured or pre-defined CCE The number of REG bundles included in the time domain, and the pre-configured or predefined number of REG bundles included in each CCE in the frequency domain;
  • the mapping rule of the time-domain non-interlaced mode may be related to one or more of the following factors: the number of TDM REG bundles in the first control resource set, the number of pre-configured or predefined REG bundles contained in each CCE in the time domain , The number of pre-configured or predefined REG bundles included in each CCE in the frequency domain;
  • the mapping rule of the frequency domain non-interleaved mode may be related to one or more of the following factors: the number of TDM REG bundles in the first control resource set, and the pre-configured or predefined number of REG bundles contained in each CCE in the time domain , The pre-configured or pre-defined number of REG bundles included in each CCE in the frequency domain.
  • the numbering rule of multiple resource unit groups REG bundles may be:
  • the REG bundles of the resource unit groups in the lowest frequency domain in the first control resource set are numbered in sequence in the time domain; according to the order of the frequency domain of the first control resource set from low to high, the lower part of the first control resource set is The REG bundles of each resource unit group in a frequency domain are numbered sequentially in time domain order, until the REG bundles of all resource unit groups of the first control resource set are numbered;
  • the REG bundles of the resource unit groups in the highest frequency domain in the first control resource set are numbered sequentially in the time domain sequence; according to the order of the frequency domain of the first control resource set from high to low, the REG bundles of the first control resource set are The REG bundles of each resource unit group in the next frequency domain are numbered sequentially in time domain order, until all resource unit group REG bundles of the first control resource set are numbered;
  • the REG bundles of each resource unit group in the first time domain in the first control resource set are numbered in sequence from low to high in the frequency domain; according to the time domain sequence of the first control resource set, the first control resource The resource unit group REG bundles in the next time domain of the set are numbered sequentially from low to high in the frequency domain, until all resource unit group REG bundles of the first control resource set are numbered;
  • the REG bundles of each resource unit group in the first time domain in the first control resource set are numbered in sequence from high to low in the frequency domain; according to the time domain sequence of the first control resource set, the first control resource
  • the resource unit group REG bundles in the next time domain of the set are numbered sequentially from high to low in the frequency domain, until all resource unit group REG bundles of the first control resource set are numbered.
  • the user equipment performs CCE to REG conversion on the multiple resource element group REG bundles according to the number of the multiple resource element group REG bundles of the first control resource set and the control channel element CCE size.
  • Mapping can include:
  • the user equipment performs CCE to REG mapping for multiple resource unit group REG bundles according to the mapping rule of the second pre-configuration mode, the mapping rule of the third pre-configuration mode, the number of the multiple resource unit group REG bundles, and the control channel element CCE size Mapping
  • the second pre-configuration mode is a time-domain interleaving mode or a time-domain non-interleaving mode
  • the third pre-configuration mode is a frequency-domain interleaving mode or a frequency-domain non-interleaving mode.
  • the mapping rule of the time-domain interleaving pattern may be related to at least one of the following: the number of TDM REG bundles in the first control resource set, the configuration or the predefined time-domain interleaving size, The number of pre-configured or predefined REG bundles included in each CCE in the time domain, and the pre-configured or predefined number of REG bundles included in each CCE in the frequency domain;
  • the mapping rule of the frequency domain interleaving pattern may be related to at least one of the following: the number of TDM REG bundles in the first control resource set, the configured or predefined frequency domain interleaving size, and each pre-configured or predefined CCE is in the time domain The number of REG bundles contained in the above, the pre-configured or predefined number of REG bundles contained in each CCE in the frequency domain;
  • the mapping rule of the time-domain non-interleaved mode may be related to at least one of the following: the number of TDM REG bundles in the first control resource set, and the number of pre-configured or predefined REG bundles contained in each CCE in the time domain Number, the number of pre-configured or predefined REG bundles included in each CCE in the frequency domain;
  • the mapping rule of the frequency-domain non-interleaved mode may be related to at least one of the following: the number of REG bundles of the time division multiplexing TDM in the first control resource set, and the number of pre-configured or predefined REG bundles contained in each CCE in the time domain Number, pre-configured or predefined number of REG bundles included in each CCE in the frequency domain.
  • the number of each resource unit group REG bundle in the plurality of resource unit group REG bundles may include a time domain number and a frequency domain number.
  • the user equipment performs CCE to REG conversion on the multiple resource element group REG bundles according to the number of the multiple resource element group REG bundles of the first control resource set and the control channel element CCE size.
  • the method for determining the physical downlink control channel may further include:
  • the user equipment determines multiple resource unit group REG bundles according to the size of the REG bundle and the REG of the first control resource set;
  • the size of the REG bundle is related to the number of symbols in the first control resource set.
  • the size of the control channel element CCE may be related to the number of symbols in the first control resource set.
  • the REG bundle size can be configured in the time domain and/or frequency domain.
  • the user equipment performs CCE to REG conversion on the multiple resource element group REG bundles according to the number of the multiple resource element group REG bundles of the first control resource set and the control channel element CCE size.
  • the method for determining the physical downlink control channel may further include:
  • the user equipment divides the second control resource set into multiple first control resource sets according to the configuration information of the second control resource set.
  • the configuration information of the second control resource set may include the total number of the first control resource set to be divided into the second control resource set and/or the number of symbols of the first control resource set. number.
  • the configuration information of the second control resource set may include the number of symbols of the second control resource set
  • the user equipment divides the second control resource set into multiple first control resource sets, which may include:
  • the user equipment determines the total number of first control resource sets to be divided into the second control resource set and/or the number of symbols of one first control resource set according to the number of symbols in the second control resource set;
  • the user equipment divides the first control resource set into multiple first control resource sets according to the total number of the first control resource sets and/or the number of symbols of one first control resource set.
  • the user equipment determining the candidate physical downlink control channel PDCCH of the first control resource set according to at least one CCE may include:
  • the user equipment determines the candidate physical downlink control channel PDCCH according to the numbers of the CCEs of the multiple first control resource sets.
  • the numbers of any two CCEs in the multiple first control resource sets are different.
  • the numbering rules of the CCEs of the multiple first control resource sets may include:
  • the user equipment performs a numbering step: sequentially number the j-th CCE in the plurality of first control resource sets according to the order of the plurality of first control resource sets;
  • the user equipment determining the candidate physical downlink control channel PDCCH of the first control resource set according to at least one CCE may include:
  • the user equipment combines at least one CCE in the first control resource set to obtain at least one CCE group, where one CCE group includes at least one CCE;
  • the user equipment maps the PDCCH to the CCE group on at least one CCE group to obtain the candidate physical downlink control channel PDCCH.
  • the method for determining the physical downlink control channel applied to the network equipment is similar to the method for determining the physical downlink control channel applied to the user equipment, and the method for determining the physical downlink control channel applied to the network equipment has been described in detail above, therefore, The relevant content of the method for determining the physical downlink control channel applied to the user equipment will not be repeated here.
  • Fig. 4 shows a schematic flowchart of another embodiment of a method for determining a physical downlink control channel provided by the present invention. As shown in Figure 4, the method for determining the physical downlink control channel includes:
  • Step 301 The network device numbers the REG of Coreset.
  • the REGs in the Coreset can be numbered according to the principle of time domain first and frequency domain from low to high.
  • the REG number in Coreset is shown in Figure 3.
  • the method for determining the physical downlink control channel also includes:
  • Step 302 The network device combines Coreset REGs according to the number of Coreset REGs, configuration or predefined REG bundle size L, to form multiple REG bundles of Coreset, one REG bundle includes L REGs; the REG bundle size L can be Configured separately through time domain and/or frequency domain;
  • Step 303 The network device numbers multiple REG bundles of Coreset, where one REG bundle has one number.
  • the network device may uniformly number the REG bundles in the frequency domain first and then the time domain, or the time domain first and then the frequency domain. details as follows:
  • Step 303 includes: the network device sequentially numbers the REG bundles in the lowest frequency domain in the Coreset in the time domain sequence; according to the Coreset frequency domain from low to high, the REG bundles in the next frequency domain of the Coreset are sequentially numbered Numbering in time domain sequence until all REG bundles of Coreset are numbered.
  • step 303 includes: the network device numbers the REG bundles in the highest frequency domain in the Coreset in sequence in the time domain; according to the order of the frequency domain of the Coreset, the next frequency domain of the Coreset is The REG bundles are numbered sequentially in time domain order, until all REG bundles of Coreset are numbered.
  • step 303 includes: the network device numbers the REG bundles in the first time domain in the Coreset in sequence from low to high in the frequency domain; according to the time domain sequence of the Coreset, the next time domain in the Coreset is The REG bundles are numbered in sequence from low to high in the frequency domain, until all REG bundles of Coreset are numbered.
  • step 303 includes: the network device numbers the REG bundles in the first time domain in the Coreset in sequence from high to low in the frequency domain; according to the time domain sequence of the Coreset, the next time domain in the Coreset is The REG bundles are numbered in sequence from high to low in the frequency domain, until all REG bundles of Coreset are numbered.
  • the method for determining the physical downlink control channel also includes:
  • Step 304 The network device performs CCE to REG mapping on the Coreset REG bundle according to the mapping rule of the first pre-configuration mode, the number of the Coreset REG bundle and the configuration or the predefined CCE size, to obtain at least one CCE of the Coreset.
  • the mapping rule of the first pre-configured mode may include an interleaving function (or mapping function) and predefined rules other than the interleaving function (or mapping function).
  • the first pre-configured mode is one of the following: unified interleaving mode, unified non-interleaving mode, time-domain interleaving mode and frequency-domain non-interleaving mode, time-domain non-interleaving mode and frequency-domain non-interleaving mode, time-domain interleaving mode and frequency Domain interleaving mode, time domain non-interleaving mode and frequency domain interleaving mode.
  • the method for determining the physical downlink control channel also includes:
  • Step 305 The network device determines a candidate PDCCH according to at least one CCE of Coreset. Therefore, the network device uses one of the candidate PDCCHs to carry the DCI and sends the DCI.
  • the embodiment of the present invention considers the TDM REG bundle in the Coreset to perform CCE to REG mapping. And according to a specific unified interleaving (or mapping) function/predefined rule, the REG bundle contained in each CCE is mapped to the unified REG bundle number, and the interleaving (or mapping) function/predefined rule of different modes is configured to be different.
  • ⁇ Can be configured as one of the following modes:
  • the unified interleaving (or mapping) function/pre-defined rule is related to one or more of the following factors:
  • the CCE of TDM is considered for PDCCH-to-CCE mapping.
  • PDCCH-to-CCE group mapping is performed on a combination of CCEs containing multiple CCEs.
  • the method for determining the physical downlink control channel shown in FIG. 4 is further described below by using a specific example.
  • the time domain length (in symbols) that Coreset lasts is configured as in, Can be configured as 6 or 12.
  • Coreset's frequency domain width is configured as And each parameter is defined as follows:
  • ⁇ Resource Element Group A resource element group that occupies 1 symbol in the time domain and 1 PRB in the frequency domain, and the configured Coreset contains
  • ⁇ REG bundle a combination of L REGs
  • Control-channel element Contains M REGs (for example, the protocol is fixed at 6), and is mapped according to the following CCE-to-REG mapping rules.
  • CCE-to-REG mapping can be configured as interleaved or non-interleaved, and is performed at the granularity of the REG bundle according to the following rules:
  • the REG is numbered according to the principle of time domain from front to back, and frequency domain from low to high. Specifically, starting from the lowest frequency domain of Coreset, the REGs in the same frequency domain in Coreset are numbered sequentially in time domain order, and the REGs on the next frequency domain of Coreset are sequentially numbered according to the order of Coreset frequency domain from low to high. Numbering is performed in the order of time domain until all REG numbers of Coreset are completed.
  • the 0th REG bundle contains ⁇ REG0,REG1 ⁇
  • the 1st REG bundle contains ⁇ REG2,REG3 ⁇ ,...
  • the REG bundle number contained in the j-th CCE is obtained, and the size of the time domain REG bundle contained in a CCE is pre-defined as 1:
  • Fig. 4 is a method for determining a physical downlink control channel applied to a network device.
  • the present invention provides an embodiment of a method for determining a physical downlink control channel applied to a user equipment.
  • the method for determining the physical downlink control channel applied to the user equipment includes:
  • the user equipment numbers the Coreset REG;
  • the user equipment combines Coreset REGs according to the number of Coreset REGs, configuration or predefined REG bundle size L, to form multiple REG bundles of Coreset, one REG bundle includes L REGs; REG bundle size L can pass the time domain And/or frequency domain respectively;
  • the user equipment numbers multiple REG bundles of Coreset, where one REG bundle has one number. Among them, the user equipment can uniformly number the REG bundles in a frequency domain followed by a time domain, or a time domain followed by a frequency domain;
  • the user equipment performs CCE to REG mapping on the Coreset REG bundle according to the mapping rule of the first pre-configuration mode, the number of the Coreset REG bundle and the configuration or the predefined CCE size, to obtain at least one CCE of the Coreset.
  • the mapping rule of the first pre-configured mode may include an interleaving function (or mapping function) and predefined rules other than the interleaving function (or mapping function).
  • the first pre-configured mode is one of the following: unified interleaving mode, unified non-interleaving mode, time-domain interleaving mode and frequency-domain non-interleaving mode, time-domain non-interleaving mode and frequency-domain non-interleaving mode, time-domain interleaving mode and frequency Domain interleaving mode, time domain non-interleaving mode and frequency domain interleaving mode;
  • the user equipment determines the candidate PDCCH according to at least one CCE of the Coreset. Thus, the user equipment can monitor the determined candidate PDCCH to receive the DCI carried by one of the candidate PDCCHs.
  • the method for determining the physical downlink control channel applied to the user equipment in this embodiment is similar to the method for determining the physical downlink control channel applied to the network device, and the physical downlink control applied to the network device has been described in detail in this embodiment. How to determine the channel. Therefore, the relevant content of the method for determining the physical downlink control channel applied to the user equipment will not be repeated here.
  • Fig. 5 shows a schematic flowchart of another embodiment of a method for determining a physical downlink control channel provided by the present invention. As shown in Figure 5, the method for determining the physical downlink control channel includes:
  • Step 401 The network device numbers the REG of Coreset.
  • the network device can number the REGs in the Coreset according to the principle of time domain first and frequency domain from low to high;
  • the network device combines Coreset REGs according to the number of Coreset REGs, configuration or predefined REG bundle size L, to form multiple REG bundles of Coreset, one REG bundle includes L REGs; the REG bundle size L can be Configured separately through time domain and/or frequency domain;
  • Step 403 The network device performs time domain numbering and frequency domain numbering on multiple REG bundles of Coreset, where one REG bundle has a time domain number and a frequency domain number;
  • the network device compares the Coreset REG bundle according to the mapping rule of the second pre-configuration mode, the mapping rule of the third pre-configuration mode, the time domain number and the frequency domain number of the REG bundle of Coreset, and the configured or predefined CCE size.
  • the bundle performs CCE to REG mapping to obtain at least one CCE of Coreset.
  • the second pre-configuration mode is a time-domain interleaving mode or a time-domain non-interleaving mode
  • the third pre-configuration mode is a frequency-domain interleaving mode or a frequency-domain non-interleaving mode;
  • Step 405 The network device determines a candidate PDCCH according to at least one CCE of Coreset. Therefore, the network device uses one of the candidate PDCCHs to carry the DCI and sends the DCI.
  • the embodiment of the present invention considers the TDM REG bundle in the Coreset to perform CCE to REG mapping.
  • the time domain number and the frequency domain number are respectively performed on the REG bundle, and the time domain interleaving and the frequency domain interleaving configuration are respectively performed.
  • each CCE contains the REG bundle and the time domain number and frequency domain number of the REG bundle are mapped and configured
  • the time-domain interleaving (or mapping) function/predefined rules for the time-domain non-interleaving mode and the time-domain interleaving mode are different, and the frequency-domain interleaving (or mapping) function/predefined for the frequency-domain non-interleaving mode and the frequency-domain interleaving mode are configured The rules are different.
  • ⁇ Time domain or frequency domain interleaving (or mapping) functions/predefined rules are related to one or more of the following factors:
  • the CCE of TDM is considered for PDCCH-to-CCE mapping.
  • PDCCH-to-CCE group mapping is performed on a combination of CCEs containing multiple CCEs.
  • the method for determining the physical downlink control channel shown in FIG. 5 is further explained by using a specific example below.
  • the time domain length (in symbols) that Coreset lasts is configured as in, Can be configured as 6 or 12.
  • Coreset's frequency domain width is configured as And each parameter is defined as follows:
  • ⁇ Resource Element Group A resource element group that occupies 1 symbol in the time domain and 1 PRB in the frequency domain, and the configured Coreset contains
  • ⁇ REG bundle a combination of L REGs
  • Control-channel element Contains M REGs (for example, the protocol is fixed at 6), and is mapped according to the following CCE-to-REG mapping rules.
  • CCE-to-REG mapping can be configured as interleaved or non-interleaved, and is performed at the granularity of the REG bundle according to the following rules:
  • the REG is numbered according to the principle of time domain from front to back, and frequency domain from low to high. Specifically, starting from the lowest frequency domain of Coreset, the REGs in the same frequency domain in Coreset are numbered sequentially in time domain order, and the REGs on the next frequency domain of Coreset are sequentially numbered according to the order of Coreset frequency domain from low to high. Numbering is performed in the order of time domain until all REG numbers of Coreset are completed.
  • ⁇ of (i t, i f) th REG bundle comprising Wherein the number REG N Coreset configured for Coreset, i t REG bundle when the domain ID, i f is the frequency domain REG bundle number;
  • the (0,0)th REG bundle contains ⁇ REG0,REG1 ⁇
  • the (1,0)th REG bundle contains ⁇ REG2,REG3 ⁇
  • the time domain number and frequency domain number of the REG bundle included in the j-th CCE are obtained, and the size of the time domain REG bundle included in a CCE is pre-defined as 3:
  • Fig. 5 is a method for determining a physical downlink control channel applied to a network device.
  • the present invention provides an embodiment of a method for determining a physical downlink control channel applied to a user equipment.
  • the method for determining the physical downlink control channel applied to the user equipment includes:
  • the user equipment numbers the Coreset REG.
  • the user equipment can number the REGs in the Coreset according to the principle of time domain first and frequency domain from low to high;
  • the user equipment combines Coreset REGs according to the number of Coreset REGs, configuration or predefined REG bundle size L, to form multiple REG bundles of Coreset, one REG bundle includes L REGs; REG bundle size L can pass the time domain And/or frequency domain respectively;
  • the user equipment performs time domain numbering and frequency domain numbering on multiple REG bundles of Coreset, where one REG bundle has a time domain number and a frequency domain number;
  • the user equipment performs CCE on the Coreset REG bundle according to the mapping rule of the second pre-configuration mode, the mapping rule of the third pre-configuration mode, the time domain number and frequency domain number of the Coreset REG bundle, and the configured or predefined CCE size Mapping to REG, obtains at least one CCE of Coreset.
  • the second pre-configuration mode is a time-domain interleaving mode or a time-domain non-interleaving mode
  • the third pre-configuration mode is a frequency-domain interleaving mode or a frequency-domain non-interleaving mode
  • the user equipment determines the candidate PDCCH according to at least one CCE of the Coreset. Thus, the user equipment can monitor the determined candidate PDCCH to receive the DCI carried by one of the candidate PDCCHs.
  • the method for determining the physical downlink control channel applied to the user equipment in this embodiment is similar to the method for determining the physical downlink control channel applied to the network device, and the physical downlink control applied to the network device has been described in detail in this embodiment. How to determine the channel. Therefore, the relevant content of the method for determining the physical downlink control channel applied to the user equipment will not be repeated here.
  • FIG. 6 shows a schematic flowchart of another embodiment of a method for determining a physical downlink control channel provided by the present invention. As shown in Figure 6, the method for determining the physical downlink control channel includes:
  • Step 501 the network device numbers the REGs of the Coreset; for example, the network device numbers the REGs in the Coreset according to the principle of time domain first and frequency domain from low to high;
  • Step 502 The network device determines the REG bundle size and/or CCE size according to the number of Coreset symbols
  • Step 503 The network device combines the REG of the Coreset according to the number of the REG of the Coreset and the size of the REG bundle to form multiple REG bundles;
  • the REG bundle size is determined in step 502.
  • the REG bundle size may be predefined or configured;
  • Step 504 The network device numbers multiple REG bundles of Coreset
  • Step 505 the network device performs CCE to REG mapping on the multiple REG bundles of Coreset according to the number of multiple REG bundles of Coreset and the size of CCE to obtain at least one CCE of Coreset; wherein, the situation of determining the size of CCE in step 502
  • the CCE size is determined in step 502. In the case that the CCE size is not determined in step 502, the CCE size may be predefined or configured;
  • Step 506 The network device determines a candidate PDCCH according to at least one CCE of Coreset. Therefore, the network device uses one of the candidate PDCCHs to carry the DCI and sends the DCI.
  • the CCE of TDM is considered for PDCCH-to-CCE mapping.
  • PDCCH-to-CCE group mapping is performed on a combination of CCEs containing multiple CCEs.
  • the method for determining the physical downlink control channel shown in FIG. 6 is further explained by using a specific example below.
  • the time domain length (in symbols) that Coreset lasts is configured as (It can be configured as 1, 2, 3, 6, 12), the frequency domain width (in PRB as a unit) is configured as
  • REG bundle size can be configured to 2 or 6, CCE size is 6;
  • CCE size is 6;
  • Or 3 or 6 the REG bundle size can be configured as Or 6, the CCE size is 6;
  • the REG bundle size can be configured to 12, and the CCE size is 12.
  • Fig. 6 is a method for determining a physical downlink control channel applied to a network device.
  • the present invention provides an embodiment of a method for determining a physical downlink control channel applied to a user equipment.
  • the method for determining the physical downlink control channel applied to the user equipment includes:
  • the user equipment numbers the Coreset REG.
  • the network device numbers the REGs in the Coreset according to the principle of time domain first and frequency domain from low to high;
  • the user equipment determines the REG bundle size and/or CCE size according to the number of Coreset symbols
  • the user equipment combines the REG of the Coreset according to the number of the REG of the Coreset and the size of the REG bundle to form multiple REG bundles.
  • the REG bundle size is determined by the user equipment.
  • the REG bundle size can be predefined or configured;
  • the user equipment numbers multiple REG bundles of Coreset
  • the user equipment performs CCE to REG mapping on the multiple REG bundles of the Coreset according to the number of the multiple REG bundles of the Coreset and the CCE size to obtain at least one CCE of the Coreset.
  • the size of the CCE is determined. In the case that the size of the CCE is not determined, the size of the CCE can be predefined or configured;
  • the user equipment determines the candidate PDCCH according to at least one CCE of the Coreset. Thus, the user equipment can monitor the determined candidate PDCCH to receive the DCI carried by one of the candidate PDCCHs.
  • the method for determining the physical downlink control channel applied to the user equipment in this embodiment is similar to the method for determining the physical downlink control channel applied to the network device, and the physical downlink control applied to the network device has been described in detail in this embodiment. How to determine the channel. Therefore, the relevant content of the method for determining the physical downlink control channel applied to the user equipment will not be repeated here.
  • Fig. 7 shows a schematic flowchart of another embodiment of a method for determining a physical downlink control channel provided by the present invention. As shown in Figure 7, the method for determining the physical downlink control channel includes:
  • Step 601 The network device divides the Coreset into multiple Sub-coresets.
  • the coreset may be the second control resource set mentioned above, and the sub-coreset may be the first control resource set mentioned above; wherein, the number of symbols of one sub-coreset may be predefined or configured.
  • the number of sub-coreset symbols can be related to the number of coreset symbols; the total number of sub-coresets can be predefined or configured.
  • the total number of sub-coresets can be related to the number of coreset symbols;
  • Step 602 The network device numbers the REGs of multiple Sub-coresets; as an example, the REGs in each Sub-coreset may be numbered according to the principle of time domain first and frequency domain from low to high. Specifically, for Sub-coreset 0 to Sub-coreset 5, the REGs in Sub-coreset 0 are numbered according to the principle of time domain first and frequency domain from low to high, and the 10 REGs of Sub-coreset 0 are numbered as REG0 to REG9. Similarly, the 10 REGs of Sub-coreset 1 are numbered REG0 to REG9,..., and the 10 REGs of Sub-coreset 5 are numbered REG0 to REG9;
  • Step 603 The network device executes for each Sub-coreset separately: according to the number of the REG of the Sub-coreset and the size of the REG bundle, combine the REGs of the Sub-coreset to form multiple REG bundles of the Sub-coreset;
  • Step 604 The network device numbers the REG bundles of multiple Sub-coresets.
  • the REGs in each Sub-coreset may be numbered according to the principle of time domain first and frequency domain from low to high.
  • the REGs in each Sub-coreset are numbered according to the principle of frequency domain first and time domain from low to high.
  • Sub-coreset 0 to Sub-coreset 5 the 5 REG bundles in Sub-coreset 0 are numbered according to the principle of time domain first and frequency domain from low to high, and the 5 REG bundles of Sub-coreset 0 The bundle numbers are REG0 to REG4.
  • the 5 REG bundles of Sub-coreset 1 are numbered REG0 to REG4,...
  • the 5 REG bundles of Sub-coreset 5 are numbered REG0 to REG4.
  • the method for determining the physical downlink control channel may further include:
  • Step 605 For each Sub-coreset, the network device performs CCE to REG mapping on the REG bundle of the Sub-coreset according to the number of the REG bundle of the Sub-coreset and the CCE size to obtain at least one CCE of the Sub-coreset. That is, CCE-to-REG mapping is performed in each sub-coreset according to the above-mentioned REG bundle;
  • Step 606 The network device uniformly numbers the CCEs of the multiple Sub-coresets according to the order of the multiple Sub-coresets. Step 606 is to perform numbering according to the principle of sub-coreset priority;
  • Step 607 The network device determines the candidate PDCCH according to the numbers of the CCEs of the multiple Sub-coresets. Therefore, the network device uses one of the candidate PDCCHs to carry the DCI and sends the DCI.
  • the CCE of TDM is considered for PDCCH-to-CCE mapping.
  • PDCCH-to-CCE group mapping is performed on a combination of CCEs containing multiple CCEs.
  • the method for determining the physical downlink control channel shown in FIG. 7 is further described by using a specific example.
  • the time domain length (in symbols) that Coreset lasts is configured as in, Can be configured as 6 or 12.
  • Coreset's frequency domain width is configured as At the same time, the symbol length for configuring the sub-coreset is 2, so for the Coreset configured with the number of symbols of 12, a total of 6 sub-coresets are included.
  • CCE-to-REG mapping is performed in the traditional (legacy) way, as follows:
  • R is the interleaving size
  • R can be configured as 2, 3 or 6, and N Coreset /(L*R) is an integer;
  • n shift ⁇ ⁇ 0,1,...,274 ⁇ can be configured through the high-level parameter shiftIndex, otherwise
  • ⁇ Sub-CORESET 0 corresponds to CCE ⁇ 0, 6, 12, 18, 24, 30, 36, 42 ⁇
  • ⁇ Sub-CORESET 1 corresponds to CCE ⁇ 1, 7, 13, 19, 25, 31, 37, 43 ⁇
  • ⁇ Sub-CORESET 2 corresponds to CCE ⁇ 2, 8, 14, 20, 26, 32, 38, 44 ⁇
  • ⁇ Sub-CORESET 5 corresponds to CCE ⁇ 5,11,17,23,29,35,41,47 ⁇
  • the CCEs in a Sub-coreset are configured according to the legacy CCE-REG mapping method and the Rel-15 REG-Bundling definition.
  • Fig. 7 is a method for determining a physical downlink control channel applied to a network device. Accordingly, the present invention provides an embodiment of a method for determining a physical downlink control channel applied to a user equipment.
  • the method for determining the physical downlink control channel applied to the user equipment includes:
  • the user equipment numbers the REGs of multiple Sub-coresets.
  • the REGs in each Sub-coreset may be numbered according to the principle of time domain first and frequency domain from low to high;
  • the user equipment separately executes for each Sub-coreset: according to the number of the REG of the Sub-coreset and the size of the REG bundle, combine the REGs of the Sub-coreset to form multiple REG bundles of the Sub-coreset;
  • the user equipment numbers the REG bundles of multiple Sub-coresets.
  • the REGs in each Sub-coreset may be numbered according to the principle of time domain first and frequency domain from low to high.
  • the REGs in each Sub-coreset are numbered according to the principle of frequency domain first and time domain from low to high;
  • the user equipment For each Sub-coreset, the user equipment performs CCE to REG mapping on the REG bundle of the Sub-coreset according to the number of the REG bundle of the Sub-coreset and the CCE size to obtain at least one CCE of the Sub-coreset. That is, CCE-to-REG mapping is performed in each sub-coreset according to the above-mentioned REG bundle;
  • the user equipment uniformly numbers the CCEs of the multiple Sub-coresets according to the sequence of the multiple Sub-coresets;
  • the user equipment determines the candidate PDCCH according to the numbers of the CCEs of the multiple Sub-coresets. Thus, the user equipment can monitor the determined candidate PDCCH to receive the DCI carried by one of the candidate PDCCHs.
  • the method for determining the physical downlink control channel applied to the user equipment in this embodiment is similar to the method for determining the physical downlink control channel applied to the network device, and the physical downlink control applied to the network device has been described in detail in this embodiment. How to determine the channel. Therefore, the relevant content of the method for determining the physical downlink control channel applied to the user equipment will not be repeated here.
  • Fig. 8 shows a schematic structural diagram of another embodiment of the apparatus for determining a physical downlink control channel provided by the present invention.
  • the device 700 for determining a physical downlink control channel includes:
  • the first mapping module 701 is configured to perform CCE to REG mapping on multiple REG bundles according to the number and CCE size of multiple REG bundles in the first control resource set to obtain at least one CCE in the first control resource set, where: One CCE includes at least one REG bundle, and one REG bundle includes at least one REG;
  • the channel determining module 702 is configured to determine the candidate PDCCH of the first control resource set according to at least one CCE of the first control resource set.
  • the REG bundles of the first control resource set are numbered, and the CCE to REG mapping is performed according to the number of the REG bundles and the CCE size to obtain at least one CCE of the first control resource set, thereby determining the first control resource set.
  • the device for determining the physical downlink control channel can be applied to user equipment or network equipment.
  • the first mapping module 701 may be specifically used to:
  • the mapping rule of the first pre-configuration mode the number of the multiple REG bundles and the CCE size, the multiple REG bundles are mapped from CCE to REG;
  • the first pre-configured mode may be one of the following: unified interleaving mode, unified non-interleaving mode, time-domain interleaving mode and frequency-domain non-interleaving mode, time-domain non-interleaving mode and frequency-domain non-interleaving mode, time-domain interleaving mode and Frequency domain interleaving mode, time domain non-interleaving mode and frequency domain interleaving mode;
  • the unified interleaving mode may be a CCE to REG mapping mode that interleaves the numbers of multiple REG bundles; the unified non-interleaving mode may be a CCE to REG mapping mode that non-interleaves the numbers of multiple REG bundles.
  • the mapping rule of the unified interleaving pattern may be related to at least one of the following: the number of TDM REG bundles in the first control resource set, pre-configured or predefined unified interleaving Size, the number of pre-configured or predefined REG bundles contained in each CCE in the time domain, and the pre-configured or predefined number of REG bundles contained in each CCE in the frequency domain;
  • the mapping rule of the unified non-interleaved mode may be related to at least one of the following: the number of TDM REG bundles in the first control resource set, the pre-configured or pre-defined number of REG bundles contained in each CCE in the time domain, pre-configured Or the predefined number of REG bundles included in each CCE in the frequency domain;
  • the mapping rule of the time-domain interleaving pattern may be related to one or more of the following factors: the number of TDM REG bundles in the first control resource set, the pre-configured or predefined time-domain interleaving size, and each pre-configured or pre-defined CCE The number of REG bundles included in the time domain, and the pre-configured or predefined number of REG bundles included in each CCE in the frequency domain;
  • the mapping rule of the frequency domain interleaving pattern may be related to one or more of the following factors: the number of TDM REG bundles in the first control resource set, the pre-configured or pre-defined frequency-domain interleaving size, and each pre-configured or pre-defined CCE The number of REG bundles included in the time domain, and the pre-configured or predefined number of REG bundles included in each CCE in the frequency domain;
  • the mapping rule of the time-domain non-interlaced mode may be related to one or more of the following factors: the number of TDM REG bundles in the first control resource set, the number of pre-configured or predefined REG bundles contained in each CCE in the time domain , The number of pre-configured or predefined REG bundles included in each CCE in the frequency domain;
  • the mapping rule of the frequency domain non-interleaved mode may be related to one or more of the following factors: the number of TDM REG bundles in the first control resource set, and the pre-configured or predefined number of REG bundles contained in each CCE in the time domain , The pre-configured or pre-defined number of REG bundles included in each CCE in the frequency domain.
  • the apparatus 700 for determining a physical downlink control channel may further include:
  • the first numbering module is used for numbering multiple resource unit group REG bundles according to the numbering rule of multiple resource unit group REG bundles.
  • the numbering rules of multiple REG bundles can be:
  • the REG bundles in the lowest frequency domain in the first control resource set are numbered sequentially in the time domain sequence; according to the frequency domain of the first control resource set from low to high, the next frequency domain of the first control resource set The REG bundles on the above are numbered sequentially in time domain order, until all REG bundles in the first control resource set are numbered;
  • the REG bundles in the highest frequency domain in the first control resource set are numbered sequentially in time domain order; according to the order of the frequency domain of the first control resource set from high to low, the next frequency of the first control resource set is Each REG bundle on the domain is numbered sequentially in the time domain sequence, until all REG bundles in the first control resource set are numbered;
  • the REG bundles in the first time domain in the first control resource set are numbered in sequence from low to high in the frequency domain; according to the time domain sequence of the first control resource set, the lower part of the first control resource set is Each REG bundle in a time domain is sequentially numbered from low to high in the frequency domain, until all REG bundles in the first control resource set are numbered;
  • the REG bundles in the first time domain in the first control resource set are numbered in sequence from high to low in the frequency domain; according to the time domain sequence of the first control resource set, the lower ones of the first control resource set are numbered.
  • Each REG bundle in a time domain is sequentially numbered from high to low in the frequency domain, until all REG bundles in the first control resource set are numbered.
  • the first mapping module 701 may be used to:
  • mapping rule of the second pre-configuration mode the mapping rule of the third pre-configuration mode, the number of the multiple REG bundles and the CCE size, the CCE to REG mapping is performed on the multiple REG bundles;
  • the second pre-configuration mode is a time-domain interleaving mode or a time-domain non-interleaving mode
  • the third pre-configuration mode is a frequency-domain interleaving mode or a frequency-domain non-interleaving mode.
  • the mapping rule of the time-domain interleaving pattern may be related to at least one of the following: the number of TDM REG bundles in the first control resource set, the configuration or the predefined time-domain interleaving size, The number of pre-configured or predefined REG bundles included in each CCE in the time domain, and the pre-configured or predefined number of REG bundles included in each CCE in the frequency domain;
  • the mapping rule of the frequency domain interleaving pattern may be related to at least one of the following: the number of TDM REG bundles in the first control resource set, the configured or predefined frequency domain interleaving size, and each pre-configured or predefined CCE is in the time domain The number of REG bundles contained in the above, the pre-configured or predefined number of REG bundles contained in each CCE in the frequency domain;
  • the mapping rule of the time-domain non-interleaved mode may be related to at least one of the following: the number of TDM REG bundles in the first control resource set, and the number of pre-configured or predefined REG bundles contained in each CCE in the time domain Number, the number of pre-configured or predefined REG bundles included in each CCE in the frequency domain;
  • the mapping rule of the frequency-domain non-interleaved mode may be related to at least one of the following: the number of REG bundles of the time division multiplexing TDM in the first control resource set, and the number of pre-configured or predefined REG bundles contained in each CCE in the time domain Number, pre-configured or predefined number of REG bundles included in each CCE in the frequency domain.
  • the number of each REG bundle in the plurality of REG bundles may include a time domain number and a frequency domain number.
  • the apparatus 700 for determining a physical downlink control channel may further include:
  • the REG bundle determining module is configured to determine multiple REG bundles according to the size of the REG bundle and the REG of the first control resource set;
  • the size of the REG bundle is related to the number of symbols in the first control resource set.
  • the size of the CCE is related to the number of symbols in the first control resource set.
  • the REG bundle size can be configured in the time domain and/or frequency domain.
  • the apparatus 700 for determining a physical downlink control channel may further include:
  • the dividing module is configured to divide the second control resource set into multiple first control resource sets according to the configuration information of the second control resource set.
  • the configuration information of the second control resource set includes the total number of the first control resource set to be divided into the second control resource set and/or the number of symbols of the first control resource set .
  • the configuration information of the second control resource set may include the number of symbols of the second control resource set
  • the division module can include:
  • An information determining module configured to determine the total number of first control resource sets to be divided into the second control resource set and/or the number of symbols in a first control resource set according to the number of symbols in the second control resource set;
  • the control resource set dividing module is configured to divide the first control resource set into a plurality of first control resource sets according to the total number of the first control resource sets and/or the number of symbols of a first control resource set.
  • the channel determining module 702 may be configured to determine the candidate physical downlink control channel PDCCH according to the numbers of the CCEs of the multiple first control resource sets;
  • the numbers of any two CCEs in the multiple first control resource sets are different.
  • the apparatus 700 for determining a physical downlink control channel may further include:
  • the second numbering module is configured to number the CCEs of the multiple first control resource sets according to the numbering rules of the CCEs of the multiple first control resource sets.
  • the numbering rules of the CCEs of the multiple first control resource sets may include:
  • Perform numbering step sequentially number the j-th CCE in the multiple first control resource sets according to the order of the multiple first control resource sets;
  • the channel determination module 702 may include:
  • the CCE combination module is used to combine at least one CCE in the first control resource set to obtain at least one CCE group, where one CCE group includes at least one CCE;
  • the second mapping module is used to map at least one CCE group from PDCCH to CCE group to obtain a candidate physical downlink control channel PDCCH.
  • An embodiment of the present invention also provides a network device, including a processor, a memory, and a computer program stored on the memory and capable of running on the processor.
  • the computer program implements any of the foregoing when executed by the processor. Steps of a method for determining a physical downlink control channel in an embodiment.
  • FIG. 9 shows a schematic diagram of the hardware structure of a network device according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • the network device may include a processor 801 and a memory 802 storing computer program instructions.
  • the processor 810 is configured to perform CCE to REG mapping on the multiple REG bundles according to the number and CCE size of the multiple REG bundles in the first control resource set to obtain at least one CCE in the first control resource set, where: One CCE includes at least one REG bundle, and one REG bundle includes at least one REG; according to the at least one CCE, the candidate physical downlink control channel PDCCH of the first control resource set is determined.
  • the REG bundles of the first control resource set are numbered, and the CCE to REG mapping is performed according to the number of the REG bundles and the CCE size to obtain at least one CCE of the first control resource set, thereby determining the first control resource set.
  • processor 801 may include a central processing unit (CPU), or a specific integrated circuit (Application Specific Integrated Circuit, ASIC), or may be configured as one or more integrated circuits implementing the embodiments of the present invention.
  • CPU central processing unit
  • ASIC Application Specific Integrated Circuit
  • the memory 802 may include mass storage for data or instructions.
  • the memory 802 may include a hard disk drive (Hard Disk Drive, HDD), a floppy disk drive, a flash memory, an optical disk, a magneto-optical disk, a magnetic tape, or a Universal Serial Bus (USB) drive, or two or more Multiple combinations of these.
  • the storage 802 may include removable or non-removable (or fixed) media.
  • the memory 802 may be inside or outside the integrated gateway disaster recovery device.
  • the memory 802 is a non-volatile solid-state memory.
  • the memory 802 includes read-only memory (ROM).
  • the ROM can be mask-programmed ROM, programmable ROM (PROM), erasable PROM (EPROM), electrically erasable PROM (EEPROM), electrically rewritable ROM (EAROM) or flash memory or A combination of two or more of these.
  • the processor 801 reads and executes the computer program instructions stored in the memory 802 to implement any one of the physical downlink control channel determination methods in the foregoing embodiments.
  • the network device may further include a communication interface 803 and a bus 810. Among them, as shown in FIG. 9, the processor 801, the memory 802, and the communication interface 803 are connected through a bus 810 and complete mutual communication.
  • the communication interface 803 is mainly used to implement communication between various modules, devices, units and/or devices in the embodiments of the present invention.
  • the bus 810 includes hardware, software, or both, and couples the components of the network device to each other.
  • the bus may include accelerated graphics port (AGP) or other graphics bus, enhanced industry standard architecture (EISA) bus, front side bus (FSB), hypertransport (HT) interconnect, industry standard architecture (ISA) Bus, unlimited bandwidth interconnect, low pin count (LPC) bus, memory bus, microchannel architecture (MCA) bus, peripheral component interconnect (PCI) bus, PCI-Express (PCI-X) bus, serial advanced technology Attachment (SATA) bus, Video Electronics Standards Association Local (VLB) bus or other suitable bus or a combination of two or more of these.
  • the bus 810 may include one or more buses.
  • the embodiments of the present invention describe and show a specific bus, the present invention contemplates any suitable bus or interconnection.
  • the network device can execute the method for determining the physical downlink control channel in the embodiment of the present invention, thereby realizing the method and apparatus for determining the physical downlink control channel described in conjunction with FIG. 1 to FIG. 7.
  • the embodiment of the present invention also provides a network device, including a processor, a memory, and a computer program stored on the memory and running on the processor.
  • the computer program is executed by the processor to implement the method for determining the physical downlink control channel.
  • An embodiment of the present invention also provides a user equipment, including a processor, a memory, and a computer program stored on the memory and running on the processor.
  • a user equipment including a processor, a memory, and a computer program stored on the memory and running on the processor.
  • the computer program is executed by the processor, the The processes in the embodiments of the method for determining the physical downlink control channel can achieve the same technical effect. In order to avoid repetition, details are not repeated here.
  • FIG. 10 shows a schematic diagram of the hardware structure of a user equipment according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • the user equipment 900 includes but is not limited to: a radio frequency unit 901, a network module 902, an audio output unit 903, an input unit 904, a sensor 905, a display
  • the user equipment may include more or less components than those shown in the figure, or a combination of certain components, or different components. Layout.
  • user equipment includes, but is not limited to, a mobile phone, a tablet computer, a notebook computer, a palmtop computer, a vehicle-mounted terminal, a wearable device, and a pedometer.
  • the processor 910 is configured to perform CCE to REG mapping on the multiple REG bundles according to the number of the multiple REG bundles of the first control resource set and the CCE size to obtain at least one CCE of the first control resource set, where: One CCE includes at least one REG bundle, and one REG bundle includes at least one REG; according to the at least one CCE, the candidate PDCCH of the first control resource set is determined.
  • the REG bundles of the first control resource set are numbered, and the CCE to REG mapping is performed according to the number of the REG bundle and the CCE size to obtain at least one CCE of the first control resource set, thereby determining the first control resource Candidate PDCCH of the set. Therefore, the candidate PDCCH can be determined according to the above solution, so that a control resource set with a larger time domain length can be configured.
  • the radio frequency unit 901 can be used for receiving and sending signals in the process of sending and receiving information or talking. Specifically, after receiving the downlink data from the base station, it is processed by the processor 910; Uplink data is sent to the base station.
  • the radio frequency unit 901 includes, but is not limited to, an antenna, at least one amplifier, a transceiver, a coupler, a low noise amplifier, a duplexer, and the like.
  • the radio frequency unit 901 can also communicate with the network and other devices through a wireless communication system.
  • the user equipment provides the user with wireless broadband Internet access through the network module 902, such as helping the user to send and receive emails, browse webpages, and access streaming media.
  • the audio output unit 903 can convert the audio data received by the radio frequency unit 901 or the network module 902 or stored in the memory 909 into an audio signal and output it as sound. Moreover, the audio output unit 903 may also provide audio output related to a specific function performed by the user equipment 900 (for example, call signal reception sound, message reception sound, etc.).
  • the audio output unit 903 includes a speaker, a buzzer, a receiver, and the like.
  • the input unit 904 is used to receive audio or video signals.
  • the input unit 904 may include a graphics processing unit (GPU) 9041 and a microphone 9042.
  • the graphics processor 9041 is configured to provide an image of a still picture or video obtained by an image capture device (such as a camera) in a video capture mode or an image capture mode. Data is processed.
  • the processed image frame may be displayed on the display unit 906.
  • the image frames processed by the graphics processor 9041 may be stored in the memory 909 (or other storage medium) or sent via the radio frequency unit 901 or the network module 902.
  • the microphone 9042 can receive sound and can process such sound into audio data.
  • the processed audio data can be converted into a format that can be sent to a mobile communication base station via the radio frequency unit 901 for output in the case of a telephone call mode.
  • the user equipment 900 also includes at least one sensor 905, such as a light sensor, a motion sensor, and other sensors.
  • the light sensor includes an ambient light sensor and a proximity sensor.
  • the ambient light sensor can adjust the brightness of the display panel 9061 according to the brightness of the ambient light.
  • the proximity sensor can close the display panel 9061 and the display panel 9061 when the user equipment 900 is moved to the ear. / Or backlight.
  • the accelerometer sensor can detect the magnitude of acceleration in various directions (usually three axes), and can detect the magnitude and direction of gravity when it is stationary, and can be used to identify the posture of the user equipment (such as horizontal and vertical screen switching, related games).
  • sensor 905 can also include fingerprint sensors, pressure sensors, iris sensors, molecular sensors, gyroscopes, barometers, hygrometers, thermometers, Infrared sensors, etc., will not be repeated here.
  • the display unit 906 is used to display information input by the user or information provided to the user.
  • the display unit 906 may include a display panel 9061, and the display panel 9061 may be configured in the form of a liquid crystal display (LCD), an organic light-emitting diode (OLED), etc.
  • LCD liquid crystal display
  • OLED organic light-emitting diode
  • the user input unit 907 may be used to receive input numeric or character information, and generate key signal input related to user settings and function control of the user equipment.
  • the user input unit 907 includes a touch panel 9071 and other input devices 9072.
  • the touch panel 9071 also called a touch screen, can collect the user's touch operations on or near it (for example, the user uses any suitable objects or accessories such as fingers, stylus, etc.) on the touch panel 9071 or near the touch panel 9071. operate).
  • the touch panel 9071 may include two parts: a touch detection device and a touch controller.
  • the touch detection device detects the user's touch position, detects the signal brought by the touch operation, and transmits the signal to the touch controller; the touch controller receives the touch information from the touch detection device, converts it into contact coordinates, and then sends it To the processor 910, the command sent by the processor 910 is received and executed.
  • the touch panel 9071 can be implemented in multiple types such as resistive, capacitive, infrared, and surface acoustic wave.
  • the user input unit 907 may also include other input devices 9072.
  • other input devices 9072 may include, but are not limited to, a physical keyboard, function keys (such as volume control buttons, switch buttons, etc.), trackball, mouse, and joystick, which will not be repeated here.
  • the touch panel 9071 can cover the display panel 9061.
  • the touch panel 9071 detects a touch operation on or near it, it transmits it to the processor 910 to determine the type of the touch event, and then the processor 910 determines the type of the touch event according to the touch.
  • the type of event provides corresponding visual output on the display panel 9061.
  • the touch panel 9071 and the display panel 9061 are used as two independent components to implement the input and output functions of the user equipment, in some embodiments, the touch panel 9071 and the display panel 9061 can be integrated
  • the implementation of the input and output functions of the user equipment is not specifically limited here.
  • the interface unit 908 is an interface for connecting an external device with the user equipment 900.
  • the external device may include a wired or wireless headset port, an external power source (or battery charger) port, a wired or wireless data port, a memory card port, a port for connecting a device with an identification module, audio input/output (I/O) port, video I/O port, headphone port, etc.
  • the interface unit 908 may be used to receive input (for example, data information, power, etc.) from an external device and transmit the received input to one or more elements in the user equipment 900 or may be used to connect the user equipment 900 to an external device. Transfer data between devices.
  • the memory 909 can be used to store software programs and various data.
  • the memory 909 may mainly include a storage program area and a storage data area.
  • the storage program area may store an operating system, an application program required by at least one function (such as a sound playback function, an image playback function, etc.), etc.; Data created by the use of mobile phones (such as audio data, phone book, etc.), etc.
  • the memory 909 may include a high-speed random access memory, and may also include a non-volatile memory, such as at least one magnetic disk storage device, a flash memory device, or other volatile solid-state storage devices.
  • the processor 910 is the control center of the user equipment. It uses various interfaces and lines to connect various parts of the entire user equipment, runs or executes software programs and/or modules stored in the memory 909, and calls data stored in the memory 909 , Perform various functions of the user equipment and process data, so as to monitor the user equipment as a whole.
  • the processor 910 may include one or more processing units; preferably, the processor 910 may integrate an application processor and a modem processor, where the application processor mainly processes the operating system, user interface, application programs, etc., and the modem The processor mainly deals with wireless communication. It can be understood that the foregoing modem processor may not be integrated into the processor 910.
  • the user equipment 900 may also include a power source 911 (such as a battery) for supplying power to various components.
  • a power source 911 such as a battery
  • the power source 911 may be logically connected to the processor 910 through a power management system, so as to manage charging, discharging, and power consumption management through the power management system. And other functions.
  • the user equipment 900 includes some functional modules not shown, which will not be repeated here.
  • the embodiment of the present invention also provides a computer-readable storage medium on which a computer program is stored.
  • a computer program When the computer program is executed by a processor, each process of the above-mentioned physical downlink control channel determination method embodiment is realized, and can be To achieve the same technical effect, in order to avoid repetition, I will not repeat them here.
  • the computer-readable storage medium include non-transitory computer-readable storage media, such as read-only memory (Read-Only Memory, ROM for short), Random Access Memory (RAM for short), and magnetic CD or CD, etc.
  • the embodiment of the present invention also provides a computer program product.
  • the program product is executed by at least one processor to implement each process of the physical downlink control channel determination method of any one of the above embodiments, and can achieve the same technical effect. In order to avoid repetition , I won’t repeat it here.
  • the embodiment of the present invention also provides a user equipment, which is configured to execute each process of the method for determining a physical downlink control channel of any one of the above embodiments, and can achieve the same technical effect. In order to avoid repetition, I won't repeat it here.
  • each block in the flowchart or block diagram may represent a module, segment, or part of code, and the module, segment, or part of code includes one or Multiple executable instructions.
  • the functions marked in the block may also occur in a different order from the order marked in the drawings. For example, depending on the functions involved, two blocks shown in succession may actually be executed substantially simultaneously, or the blocks may sometimes be executed in the reverse order.
  • each block in the block diagram and/or flowchart, and a combination of blocks in the block diagram and/or flowchart can be implemented by a dedicated hardware-based system that performs the specified function or action, or It can be implemented by a combination of dedicated hardware and computer instructions.
  • the technical solution of the present invention essentially or the part that contributes to the existing technology can be embodied in the form of a software product, and the computer software product is stored in a storage medium (such as ROM/RAM, magnetic disk, The optical disc) includes a number of instructions to enable a terminal (which may be a mobile phone, a computer, a server, an air conditioner, or a network device, etc.) to execute the method described in each embodiment of the present invention.
  • a terminal which may be a mobile phone, a computer, a server, an air conditioner, or a network device, etc.

Abstract

Disclosed are a method and apparatus for determining a physical downlink control channel, and a device and a medium. The method comprises: according to the numbers of a plurality of resource element group (REG) bundles of a first control resource set and the size of a control channel element (CCE), performing CCE-to-REG mapping on the plurality of resource element group (REG) bundles to obtain at least one CCE of the first control resource set, wherein one CCE comprises at least one REG bundle, and one REG bundle comprises at least one REG; and according to the at least one CCE, determining a candidate physical downlink control channel (PDCCH) of the first control resource set.

Description

物理下行控制信道的确定方法、装置、设备及介质Method, device, equipment and medium for determining physical downlink control channel
相关申请的交叉引用Cross-references to related applications
本申请主张在2020年01月13日在中国提交的中国专利申请号202010033968.X的优先权,其全部内容通过引用包含于此。This application claims the priority of Chinese Patent Application No. 202010033968.X filed in China on January 13, 2020, the entire content of which is incorporated herein by reference.
技术领域Technical field
本发明实施例涉及通信领域,尤其涉及一种物理下行控制信道的确定方法、装置、设备及介质。The embodiments of the present invention relate to the field of communications, and in particular, to a method, device, device, and medium for determining a physical downlink control channel.
背景技术Background technique
在新空口(New Radio,NR)中引入了控制资源集(Control resource set,Coreset)的概念,物理下行控制信道(Physical Downlink Control Channel,PDCCH)在Coreset上传输。In the New Radio (NR), the concept of Control Resource Set (Coreset) is introduced, and the Physical Downlink Control Channel (PDCCH) is transmitted on the Coreset.
如果NR运行在高频段(例如57-71GHz)并且支持大带宽载波时,那么目前FR2(24250MHz-52600MHz,又称为Above-6GHz或毫米波)使用的子载波间隔(subcarrier spacing,SCS,比如SCS为60KHz/120KHz)不再适用,需要引入更大的SCS来降低所需的快速傅氏变换(Fast Fourier Transformation,FFT)大小(size)。在这种情况下,由于增大SCS会导致每个符号的长度减小。如果Coreset配置的最大符号数不变,那么会导致Coreset的绝对时间减小,进而影响在Coreset上传输的PDCCH性能。If NR operates in a high frequency band (such as 57-71GHz) and supports large bandwidth carriers, then the current subcarrier spacing (SCS) used by FR2 (24250MHz-52600MHz, also known as Above-6GHz or millimeter wave) 60KHz/120KHz) is no longer applicable, and a larger SCS needs to be introduced to reduce the required Fast Fourier Transformation (FFT) size. In this case, increasing the SCS will cause the length of each symbol to decrease. If the maximum number of symbols configured by the Coreset remains unchanged, the absolute time of the Coreset will be reduced, thereby affecting the performance of the PDCCH transmitted on the Coreset.
为了避免Coreset上传输的PDCCH性能受到影响,如何配置更大时域长度的Coreset是亟需解决的问题。In order to prevent the performance of the PDCCH transmitted on the Coreset from being affected, how to configure the Coreset with a larger time domain length is an urgent problem to be solved.
发明内容Summary of the invention
本发明实施例提供一种物理下行控制信道的确定方法,以解决目前还无法实现配置更大时域长度的Coreset的方案的问题。The embodiment of the present invention provides a method for determining a physical downlink control channel to solve the problem that the solution of configuring a Coreset with a larger time domain length cannot currently be realized.
为了解决上述技术问题,本发明是这样实现的:In order to solve the above technical problems, the present invention is implemented as follows:
第一方面,本发明实施例提供了一种物理下行控制信道的确定方法,包括:In the first aspect, an embodiment of the present invention provides a method for determining a physical downlink control channel, including:
根据第一控制资源集的多个资源单元组REG束的编号和控制信道元素CCE大小,对所述多个资源单元组REG束进行CCE到REG的映射,得到所述第一控制资源集的至少一个CCE,一个所述CCE包括至少一个所述REG束,一个所述REG束包括至少一个REG;According to the number of the multiple resource element group REG bundles of the first control resource set and the control channel element CCE size, the CCE to REG mapping is performed on the multiple resource element group REG bundles to obtain at least the first control resource set One CCE, one CCE includes at least one REG bundle, and one REG bundle includes at least one REG;
根据所述至少一个CCE,确定所述第一控制资源集的候选物理下行控制信道PDCCH。According to the at least one CCE, a candidate physical downlink control channel PDCCH of the first control resource set is determined.
第二方面,本发明实施例提供了一种物理下行控制信道的确定装置,包括:In the second aspect, an embodiment of the present invention provides an apparatus for determining a physical downlink control channel, including:
第一映射模块,用于根据第一控制资源集的多个资源单元组REG束的编号和控制信道元素CCE大小,对所述多个资源单元组REG束进行CCE到REG的映射,得到所述第一控制资源集的至少一个CCE,一个所述CCE包括至少一个所述REG束,一个所述REG束包括至少一个REG;The first mapping module is configured to perform CCE to REG mapping on the multiple resource element group REG bundles according to the number of the multiple resource element group REG bundles of the first control resource set and the control channel element CCE size to obtain the At least one CCE in the first control resource set, one CCE includes at least one REG bundle, and one REG bundle includes at least one REG;
信道确定模块,用于根据所述至少一个CCE,确定所述第一控制资源集的候选物理下行控制信道PDCCH。The channel determining module is configured to determine the candidate physical downlink control channel PDCCH of the first control resource set according to the at least one CCE.
第三方面,本发明实施例提供了一种网络设备,包括处理器、存储器及存储在所述存储器上并可在所述处理器上运行的计算机程序,所述计算机程序被所述处理器执行时实现所述的物理下行控制信道的确定方法的步骤。In a third aspect, an embodiment of the present invention provides a network device, including a processor, a memory, and a computer program stored on the memory and running on the processor, the computer program being executed by the processor When realizing the steps of the method for determining the physical downlink control channel.
第四方面,本发明实施例提供了一种用户设备,包括处理器、存储器及存储在所述存储器上并可在所述处理器上运行的计算机程序,所述计算机程序被所述处理器执行时实现所述的物理下行控制信道的确定方法的步骤。In a fourth aspect, an embodiment of the present invention provides a user equipment, including a processor, a memory, and a computer program stored on the memory and running on the processor, the computer program being executed by the processor When realizing the steps of the method for determining the physical downlink control channel.
第五方面,本发明实施例提供了一种计算机可读存储介质,所述计算机可读存储介质上存储计算机程序,所述计算机程序被处理器执行时实现所述的物理下行控制信道的确定方法的步骤。In a fifth aspect, an embodiment of the present invention provides a computer-readable storage medium on which a computer program is stored, and when the computer program is executed by a processor, the method for determining the physical downlink control channel is implemented A step of.
第六方面,本发明实施例提供了一种计算机程序产品,所述程序产品 被至少一个处理器执行实现所述的物理下行控制信道的确定方法的步骤。In a sixth aspect, an embodiment of the present invention provides a computer program product, and the program product is executed by at least one processor to implement the steps of the physical downlink control channel determination method.
第七方面,本发明实施例提供了一种用户设备,所述设备被配置为用于执行实现所述的物理下行控制信道的确定方法的步骤。In a seventh aspect, an embodiment of the present invention provides a user equipment configured to implement the steps of the method for determining the physical downlink control channel.
在本发明实施例中,通过对第一控制资源集的REG束进行编号,根据REG束的编号和CCE大小,进行CCE到REG的映射,得到第一控制资源集的至少一个CCE,从而确定第一控制资源集的候选PDCCH。因此,可以按照上述方案确定候选PDCCH,从而可以配置更大时域长度的控制资源集。In the embodiment of the present invention, the REG bundles of the first control resource set are numbered, and the CCE to REG mapping is performed according to the number of the REG bundles and the CCE size to obtain at least one CCE of the first control resource set, thereby determining the first control resource set. A candidate PDCCH for the control resource set. Therefore, the candidate PDCCH can be determined according to the above solution, so that a control resource set with a larger time domain length can be configured.
附图说明Description of the drawings
图1示出了本发明提供的物理下行控制信道的确定方法的一个实施例的交互图;Figure 1 shows an interaction diagram of an embodiment of a method for determining a physical downlink control channel provided by the present invention;
图2示出了本发明提供的物理下行控制信道的确定方法的一个实施例的流程示意图;FIG. 2 shows a schematic flowchart of an embodiment of a method for determining a physical downlink control channel provided by the present invention;
图3示出了本发明提供的REG编号的一个实施例的示意图;Figure 3 shows a schematic diagram of an embodiment of REG numbering provided by the present invention;
图4示出了本发明提供的物理下行控制信道的确定方法的另一个实施例的流程示意图;4 shows a schematic flowchart of another embodiment of a method for determining a physical downlink control channel provided by the present invention;
图5示出了本发明提供的物理下行控制信道的确定方法的又一个实施例的流程示意图;FIG. 5 shows a schematic flowchart of another embodiment of a method for determining a physical downlink control channel provided by the present invention;
图6示出了本发明提供的物理下行控制信道的确定方法的再一个实施例的流程示意图;FIG. 6 shows a schematic flowchart of another embodiment of a method for determining a physical downlink control channel provided by the present invention;
图7示出了本发明提供的物理下行控制信道的确定方法的再一个实施例的流程示意图;FIG. 7 shows a schematic flowchart of another embodiment of a method for determining a physical downlink control channel provided by the present invention;
图8示出了本发明提供的物理下行控制信道的确定装置的再一个实施例的结构示意图;FIG. 8 shows a schematic structural diagram of another embodiment of the apparatus for determining a physical downlink control channel provided by the present invention;
图9示出了本发明提供的网络设备的一个实施例的硬件结构示意图;FIG. 9 shows a schematic diagram of the hardware structure of an embodiment of a network device provided by the present invention;
图10示出了本发明提供的用户设备的一个实施例的硬件结构示意图。FIG. 10 shows a schematic diagram of the hardware structure of an embodiment of the user equipment provided by the present invention.
具体实施方式Detailed ways
下面将结合本发明实施例中的附图,对本发明实施例中的技术方案进行清楚、完整地描述,显然,所描述的实施例是本发明一部分实施例,而不是全部的实施例。基于本发明中的实施例,本领域普通技术人员在没有作出创造性劳动前提下所获得的所有其他实施例,都属于本发明保护的范围。The technical solutions in the embodiments of the present invention will be clearly and completely described below in conjunction with the accompanying drawings in the embodiments of the present invention. Obviously, the described embodiments are part of the embodiments of the present invention, not all of them. Based on the embodiments of the present invention, all other embodiments obtained by those of ordinary skill in the art without creative work shall fall within the protection scope of the present invention.
为了更好地说明本发明实施例的方案,下面先对NR Rel15的Coreset配置进行说明。In order to better describe the solution of the embodiment of the present invention, the Coreset configuration of NR Rel15 will be described below.
在NR Rel15中,Coreset是类似于长期演进(Long Term Evolution,LTE)PDCCH控制域的定义,它可以是配置在BWP频域PRB的全部或者一部分。同时,Coreset持续的时间长度(以符号为单位)可以配置为1,2或者3。同时,与Coreset的相关资源有如下定义:In NR Rel15, Coreset is similar to the definition of the Long Term Evolution (LTE) PDCCH control domain, and it can be all or part of the PRB configured in the BWP frequency domain. At the same time, the duration of Coreset (in symbols) can be configured as 1, 2 or 3. At the same time, the resources related to Coreset have the following definitions:
●资源单元组(Resource Element Group,REG):在时域上占用1个符号和在频域上占用1个物理资源块(Physical Resource Block,PRB)的资源元素组;●Resource Element Group (REG): A resource element group that occupies 1 symbol in the time domain and 1 physical resource block (PRB) in the frequency domain;
●REG束(REG bundle):L个REG的组合,L可以由无线资源控制(Radio Resource Control,RRC)参数reg-bundle-size进行配置;●REG bundle (REG bundle): a combination of L REGs, L can be configured by the radio resource control (Radio Resource Control, RRC) parameter reg-bundle-size;
■对于非交织的控制信道单元到资源单元组的映射(CCE-to-REG mapping),L固定为6;■ For non-interleaved control channel element to resource element group mapping (CCE-to-REG mapping), L is fixed at 6;
■对于交织的CCE-to-REG mapping,当Coreset符号数配置为1时,L可配置为2或6;当Coreset符号数配置为2或3时,L可配置为Coreset的符号数或者6;■ For interleaved CCE-to-REG mapping, when the number of Coreset symbols is configured as 1, L can be configured as 2 or 6; when the number of Coreset symbols is configured as 2 or 3, L can be configured as the number of Coreset symbols or 6;
●控制信道单元(Control-channel element,CCE):包含6个REG,并按照下述CCE-to-REG mapping规则进行映射。●Control-channel element (CCE): Contains 6 REGs and is mapped according to the following CCE-to-REG mapping rules.
CCE-to-REG映射可配置为交织或者非交织形式,并且是以REG bundle的粒度按如下规则进行:CCE-to-REG mapping can be configured as interleaved or non-interleaved, and is performed at the granularity of the REG bundle according to the following rules:
●首先按照先时域从前往后,后频域从低到高的原则对REG进行编号;●First, number the REG according to the principle of time domain from front to back, and frequency domain from low to high;
●第i个REG bundle包含REG{i*L,i*L+1,…,i*L+L-1},i=0,1,…,N Coreset,其中N Coreset为Coreset配置的REG数目; ●The i-th REG bundle contains REG{i*L,i*L+1,...,i*L+L-1},i=0,1,...,N Coreset , where N Coreset is the number of REGs configured by Coreset ;
●对于CCEj,它包含REG bundle{f(6j/L),f(6j/L+1),...,f(6j/L+6/L-1)}●For CCEj, it contains REG bundle{f(6j/L),f(6j/L+1),...,f(6j/L+6/L-1)}
■对于非交织的CCE-to-REG mapping,L=6并且f(x)=x;■For non-interleaved CCE-to-REG mapping, L=6 and f(x)=x;
■对于交织的CCE-to-REG mapping,L∈{2,6}for
Figure PCTCN2021071207-appb-000001
and
Figure PCTCN2021071207-appb-000002
for
Figure PCTCN2021071207-appb-000003
并且交织函数为f(x)=(rC+c+n shift)mod
Figure PCTCN2021071207-appb-000004
■For interleaved CCE-to-REG mapping, L∈{2,6}for
Figure PCTCN2021071207-appb-000001
and
Figure PCTCN2021071207-appb-000002
for
Figure PCTCN2021071207-appb-000003
And the interleaving function is f(x)=(rC+c+n shift )mod
Figure PCTCN2021071207-appb-000004
x=cR+rx=cR+r
r=0,1,…,R-1r=0,1,...,R-1
c=0,1,…,C-1c=0,1,...,C-1
Figure PCTCN2021071207-appb-000005
Figure PCTCN2021071207-appb-000005
其中,R为交织大小(interleaver size),可配置为2,3或者6,并且N Coreset/(L*R)为整数;n shift∈{0,1,…,274}可通过高层参数shiftIndex进行配置,否则
Figure PCTCN2021071207-appb-000006
Among them, R is the interleaver size, which can be configured as 2, 3 or 6, and N Coreset /(L*R) is an integer; n shift ∈ {0,1,...,274} can be performed by the high-level parameter shiftIndex Configure, otherwise
Figure PCTCN2021071207-appb-000006
当高层参数precoderGranularity配置为sameAsREG-bundle时,用户设备(User Equipment,UE)假设在一个REG bundle内的预编码(precoding)相同;When the high-level parameter precoderGranularity is configured as the sameAsREG-bundle, the user equipment (User Equipment, UE) assumes that the precoding (precoding) in one REG bundle is the same;
当高层参数precoderGranularity配置为allContiguousRBs时,UE假设coreset内的连续REG上的precoding相同,并且该连续REG不与任何SSB或者DSS情况下配置的LTE小区参考信号(Cell Reference Signal,CRS)的资源单元(Resource element,RE)重叠。When the high-level parameter precoderGranularity is configured as allContiguousRBs, the UE assumes that the precoding on the continuous REG in the coreset is the same, and the continuous REG is not the same as the resource unit (Cell Reference Signal, CRS) of the LTE cell reference signal (CRS) configured in the case of any SSB or DSS Resource element, RE) overlap.
对于Coreset 0,UE假设为交织编码,L=6,R=2,
Figure PCTCN2021071207-appb-000007
For Coreset 0, UE assumes interleaving coding, L=6, R=2,
Figure PCTCN2021071207-appb-000007
基于上述控制资源集的配置相关信息,图1示出了本发明提供的物理下行控制信道的确定方法的一个实施例的交互图。如图1所示,物理下行控制信道的确定方法包括:Based on the above configuration related information of the control resource set, FIG. 1 shows an interaction diagram of an embodiment of a method for determining a physical downlink control channel provided by the present invention. As shown in Figure 1, the method for determining the physical downlink control channel includes:
步骤101,网络设备根据预配置信息,确定候选PDCCH。Step 101: The network device determines a candidate PDCCH according to the pre-configuration information.
其中,网络设备可以包括基站。预配置信息可以包括以下至少一项:控制资源集的符号个数,REG束大小,CCE大小,CCE到REG的映射模式,映射模式的映射规则。Among them, the network equipment may include a base station. The pre-configuration information may include at least one of the following: the number of symbols of the control resource set, the size of the REG bundle, the size of the CCE, the mapping mode of the CCE to the REG, and the mapping rule of the mapping mode.
物理下行控制信道的确定方法还包括:The method for determining the physical downlink control channel also includes:
步骤102,网络设备利用其中一个候选PDCCH承载下行控制信息 (Downlink Control Information,DCI),并发送DCI;Step 102: The network device uses one of the candidate PDCCHs to carry downlink control information (Downlink Control Information, DCI), and sends the DCI;
步骤103,用户设备根据预配置信息,确定候选PDCCH。该预配置信息可以是用户设备接收网络设备发送的配置信息。Step 103: The user equipment determines a candidate PDCCH according to the pre-configuration information. The pre-configuration information may be configuration information sent by the network device received by the user equipment.
其中,预配置信息可以包括以下至少一项:控制资源集的符号个数,REG束大小,CCE大小,CCE到REG的映射模式,映射模式的映射规则。The pre-configuration information may include at least one of the following: the number of symbols in the control resource set, the size of the REG bundle, the size of the CCE, the mapping mode of the CCE to the REG, and the mapping rule of the mapping mode.
物理下行控制信道的确定方法还包括:The method for determining the physical downlink control channel also includes:
步骤104,用户设备监听所确定的候选PDCCH,以接收其中一个候选PDCCH承载的DCI。Step 104: The user equipment monitors the determined candidate PDCCH to receive the DCI carried by one of the candidate PDCCHs.
基于上述的系统架构,图2示出了本发明提供的物理下行控制信道的确定方法的一个实施例的流程示意图。物理下行控制信道的确定方法应用于网络设备(比如基站),如图2所示,物理下行控制信道的确定方法包括:Based on the foregoing system architecture, FIG. 2 shows a schematic flowchart of an embodiment of a method for determining a physical downlink control channel provided by the present invention. The method for determining the physical downlink control channel is applied to a network device (such as a base station). As shown in Figure 2, the method for determining a physical downlink control channel includes:
步骤201,网络设备根据第一控制资源集的多个REG束的编号和控制信道元素CCE大小,对多个REG束进行CCE到REG的映射,得到第一控制资源集的至少一个CCE,一个CCE包括至少一个资源单元组REG束,一个资源单元组REG束包括至少一个REG;Step 201: The network device performs CCE to REG mapping on the multiple REG bundles according to the number of the multiple REG bundles in the first control resource set and the size of the control channel element CCE to obtain at least one CCE and one CCE in the first control resource set. Includes at least one resource unit group REG bundle, and one resource unit group REG bundle includes at least one REG;
步骤202,网络设备根据至少一个CCE,确定第一控制资源集的候选物理下行控制信道PDCCH。Step 202: The network device determines the candidate physical downlink control channel PDCCH of the first control resource set according to the at least one CCE.
在本发明实施例中,网络设备对第一控制资源集的REG束进行编号,根据REG束的编号和CCE大小,进行CCE到REG的映射,得到第一控制资源集的至少一个CCE,从而确定第一控制资源集的候选PDCCH。因此,可以按照上述方案确定候选PDCCH,从而可以配置更大时域长度的控制资源集。In the embodiment of the present invention, the network device numbers the REG bundles of the first control resource set, and performs the mapping from CCE to REG according to the number of the REG bundle and the CCE size to obtain at least one CCE of the first control resource set, thereby determining Candidate PDCCH of the first control resource set. Therefore, the candidate PDCCH can be determined according to the above solution, so that a control resource set with a larger time domain length can be configured.
在本发明的一个或多个实施例中,步骤201可以包括:In one or more embodiments of the present invention, step 201 may include:
网络设备根据第一预配置模式的映射规则,多个REG束的编号以及控制信道元素CCE大小,对多个REG束进行CCE到REG的映射;The network device performs CCE to REG mapping on the multiple REG bundles according to the mapping rule of the first pre-configuration mode, the number of the multiple REG bundles, and the size of the control channel element CCE;
其中,第一预配置模式为以下一项:统一交织模式,统一非交织模式,时域交织模式和频域非交织模式,时域非交织模式和频域非交织模式,时域交织模式和频域交织模式,时域非交织模式和频域交织模式;Among them, the first pre-configured mode is one of the following: unified interleaving mode, unified non-interleaving mode, time-domain interleaving mode and frequency-domain non-interleaving mode, time-domain non-interleaving mode and frequency-domain non-interleaving mode, time-domain interleaving mode and frequency Domain interleaving mode, time domain non-interleaving mode and frequency domain interleaving mode;
统一交织模式为对多个REG束的编号进行交织的CCE到REG映射的模式;统一非交织模式为对多个REG束的编号进行非交织的CCE到REG映射的模式。The unified interleaving mode is a CCE to REG mapping mode that interleaves the numbers of multiple REG bundles; the unified non-interleaving mode is a CCE to REG mapping mode that non-interleaves the numbers of multiple REG bundles.
本发明实施例为了避免控制资源集上传输的PDCCH性能受到影响,可以配置更大时域长度的控制资源集。如果配置了更大时域长度的控制资源集,那么控制资源集内可能会出现时分复用(Time Division Multiplexing,TDM)的REG bundle,比如图3中的REG0和REG1为一个REG bundle,REG2和REG3为另一个REG bundle,由于这两个REG bundle属于同一频域,那么这两个REG bundle为TDM的REG bundle。在控制资源集内出现TDM的REG bundle的情况下,可以按照本发明实施例的方案对控制资源集内的REG bundle进行处理。因此,本发明实施例的控制资源集内可以出现TDM的REG bundle,从而可以配置更大时域长度的控制资源集。In the embodiment of the present invention, in order to prevent the performance of the PDCCH transmitted on the control resource set from being affected, a control resource set with a larger time domain length can be configured. If a control resource set with a larger time domain length is configured, time division multiplexing (TDM) REG bundles may appear in the control resource set. For example, REG0 and REG1 in Figure 3 are a REG bundle, REG2 and REG3 is another REG bundle. Since these two REG bundles belong to the same frequency domain, these two REG bundles are TDM REG bundles. When a TDM REG bundle appears in the control resource set, the REG bundle in the control resource set may be processed according to the solution of the embodiment of the present invention. Therefore, a TDM REG bundle may appear in the control resource set in the embodiment of the present invention, so that a control resource set with a larger time domain length can be configured.
在本发明的一个或多个实施例中,统一交织模式的映射规则可以与以下至少一项相关:第一控制资源集内时分复用TDM的REG束个数,预先配置或者预定义的统一交织大小,预先配置或者预定义的每个CCE在时域上包含的REG束个数,预先配置或者预定义的每个CCE在频域上包含的REG束个数;In one or more embodiments of the present invention, the mapping rule of the unified interleaving pattern may be related to at least one of the following: the number of TDM REG bundles in the first control resource set, pre-configured or predefined unified interleaving Size, the number of pre-configured or predefined REG bundles contained in each CCE in the time domain, and the pre-configured or predefined number of REG bundles contained in each CCE in the frequency domain;
统一非交织模式的映射规则可以与以下至少一项相关:第一控制资源集内TDM的REG束个数,预先配置或者预定义的每个CCE在时域上包含的REG束个数,预先配置或者预定义的每个CCE在频域上包含的REG束个数;The mapping rule of the unified non-interleaved mode may be related to at least one of the following: the number of TDM REG bundles in the first control resource set, the pre-configured or pre-defined number of REG bundles contained in each CCE in the time domain, pre-configured Or the predefined number of REG bundles included in each CCE in the frequency domain;
时域交织模式的映射规则可以与以下一个或多个因素相关:第一控制资源集内TDM的REG束个数,预先配置或者预定义的时域交织大小,预先配置或者预定义的每个CCE在时域上包含的REG束个数,预先配置或者预定义的每个CCE在频域上包含的REG束个数;The mapping rule of the time-domain interleaving pattern may be related to one or more of the following factors: the number of TDM REG bundles in the first control resource set, the pre-configured or predefined time-domain interleaving size, and each pre-configured or pre-defined CCE The number of REG bundles included in the time domain, and the pre-configured or predefined number of REG bundles included in each CCE in the frequency domain;
频域交织模式的映射规则可以与以下一个或多个因素相关:第一控制资源集内TDM的REG束个数,预先配置或者预定义的频域交织大小,预先配置或者预定义的每个CCE在时域上包含的REG束个数,预先配置或者预定义的每个CCE在频域上包含的REG束个数;The mapping rule of the frequency domain interleaving pattern may be related to one or more of the following factors: the number of TDM REG bundles in the first control resource set, the pre-configured or pre-defined frequency-domain interleaving size, and each pre-configured or pre-defined CCE The number of REG bundles included in the time domain, and the pre-configured or predefined number of REG bundles included in each CCE in the frequency domain;
时域非交织模式的映射规则可以与以下一个或多个因素相关:第一控制资源集内TDM的REG束个数,预先配置或者预定义的每个CCE在时域上包含的REG束个数,预先配置或者预定义的每个CCE在频域上包含的REG束个数;The mapping rule of the time-domain non-interlaced mode may be related to one or more of the following factors: the number of TDM REG bundles in the first control resource set, the number of pre-configured or predefined REG bundles contained in each CCE in the time domain , The number of pre-configured or predefined REG bundles included in each CCE in the frequency domain;
频域非交织模式的映射规则可以与以下一个或多个因素相关:第一控制资源集内TDM的REG束个数,预先配置或者预定义的每个CCE在时域上包含的REG束个数,预先配置或者预定义的每个CCE在频域上包含的REG束个数。The mapping rule of the frequency domain non-interleaved mode may be related to one or more of the following factors: the number of TDM REG bundles in the first control resource set, and the pre-configured or predefined number of REG bundles contained in each CCE in the time domain , The pre-configured or pre-defined number of REG bundles included in each CCE in the frequency domain.
需要说明的是,本发明实施例中的映射规则可以包括映射函数或交织函数。It should be noted that the mapping rule in the embodiment of the present invention may include a mapping function or an interleaving function.
在本发明的一个或多个实施例中,物理下行控制信道的确定方法还可以包括:In one or more embodiments of the present invention, the method for determining the physical downlink control channel may further include:
根据多个资源单元组REG束的编号规则,对多个资源单元组REG束进行编号。According to the numbering rule of the multiple resource unit group REG bundles, the multiple resource unit group REG bundles are numbered.
在本发明的一个或多个实施例中,第一控制资源集的REG的编号规则可以为:In one or more embodiments of the present invention, the numbering rule of the REG of the first control resource set may be:
将第一控制资源集内最低频域上的各个REG依次按时域先后顺序进行编号;按照第一控制资源集的频域从低到高的顺序,对第一控制资源集的下一个频域上的各个REG依次按时域先后顺序进行编号,直到对第一控制资源集的所有REG编号完成。The REGs in the lowest frequency domain in the first control resource set are numbered sequentially in the time domain sequence; according to the frequency domain of the first control resource set from low to high, the next frequency domain of the first control resource set The REGs are numbered sequentially in time domain order, until all REGs in the first control resource set are numbered.
由此,根据第一控制资源集的REG的编号和REG束大小,将第一控制资源集的REG进行组合,形成第一控制资源集的多个REG束。Thus, according to the number of the REG of the first control resource set and the size of the REG bundle, the REGs of the first control resource set are combined to form multiple REG bundles of the first control resource set.
比如,参考图3,先对频域最低的REG进行编号,编号为REG0至REG11。然后在编号REG11的基础上,继续对频域其次低的REG进行编号,编号为REG12至REG23。以此类推,直到对第一控制资源集的所有REG编号完成。For example, referring to Fig. 3, the lowest REG in the frequency domain is numbered first, and the numbers are REG0 to REG11. Then, on the basis of the number REG11, continue to number the next lowest REG in the frequency domain, numbered REG12 to REG23. And so on, until the numbering of all REGs in the first control resource set is completed.
REG束可以按照先频域后时域,或先时域后频域方式进行统一编号。具体如下:The REG bundles can be uniformly numbered according to the frequency domain first and then the time domain, or the time domain first and then the frequency domain. details as follows:
在本发明的一个或多个实施例中,第一控制资源集的多个资源单元组 REG束的编号规则可以为:In one or more embodiments of the present invention, the numbering rule of the multiple resource unit group REG bundles of the first control resource set may be:
将第一控制资源集内最低频域上的各个REG束依次按时域先后顺序进行编号;按照第一控制资源集的频域从低到高的顺序,对第一控制资源集的下一个频域上的REG束依次按时域先后顺序进行编号,直到对第一控制资源集的所有REG束完成编号。其中,一个REG束可以具有一个编号。The REG bundles in the lowest frequency domain in the first control resource set are numbered sequentially in the time domain sequence; according to the frequency domain of the first control resource set from low to high, the next frequency domain of the first control resource set The upper REG bundles are numbered sequentially in time domain order, until all REG bundles in the first control resource set are numbered. Among them, one REG bundle can have one number.
比如,在第一控制资源集的REG的编号结果如图3所示,REG束大小为时域上2个REG的情况下,先对REG0至REG11组合形成的6个REG束进行编号,即将REG0和REG1组合形成的REG束编号为REG束0,将REG2和REG3组合形成的REG束编号为REG束1…将REG10和REG11组合形成的REG束编号为REG束5。For example, the numbering result of the REG of the first control resource set is shown in Figure 3, and when the size of the REG bundle is 2 REGs in the time domain, the 6 REG bundles formed by the combination of REG0 to REG11 are numbered first, that is, REG0 The number of the REG bundle formed by combining with REG1 is REG bundle 0, and the number of the REG bundle formed by combining REG2 and REG3 is REG bundle 1...The REG bundle formed by combining REG10 and REG11 is numbered REG bundle 5.
对REG12至REG23组合形成的6个REG束进行编号,分别是REG束6至REG束10。以此类推,从而实现了对REG0至REG71组合形成的36个REG束进行编号,分别是REG束0至REG束35。The 6 REG bundles formed by the combination of REG12 to REG23 are numbered, which are REG bundle 6 to REG bundle 10, respectively. By analogy, 36 REG bundles formed by the combination of REG0 to REG71 are numbered, which are REG bundle 0 to REG bundle 35, respectively.
在本发明的一个或多个实施例中,第一控制资源集的多个资源单元组REG束的编号规则为:In one or more embodiments of the present invention, the numbering rule of the multiple resource unit group REG bundles of the first control resource set is:
将第一控制资源集内最高频域上的各个REG束依次按时域先后顺序进行编号;按照第一控制资源集的频域从高到低的顺序,对第一控制资源集的下一个频域上的REG束依次按时域先后顺序进行编号,直到对第一控制资源集的所有REG束完成编号。The REG bundles in the highest frequency domain in the first control resource set are numbered sequentially in time domain order; according to the order of the frequency domain of the first control resource set from high to low, the next frequency of the first control resource set is The REG bundles on the domain are numbered sequentially in the time domain sequence until all REG bundles in the first control resource set are numbered.
比如,在第一控制资源集的REG的编号结果如图3所示,REG束大小为时域上2个REG的情况下,对第一控制资源集内最高频域上的所有REG束依次按时域先后顺序进行编号,即对REG60至REG71组合形成的6个REG束进行编号,以将REG60和REG61组合形成的REG束编号为REG束0,将REG62和REG63组合形成的REG束编号为REG束1…将REG70和REG71组合形成的REG束编号为REG束5。For example, in the case that the REG numbering result of the first control resource set is shown in Fig. 3, when the REG bundle size is 2 REGs in the time domain, all REG bundles in the highest frequency domain in the first control resource set are sequentially Numbering in the order of time domain, that is, numbering the 6 REG bundles formed by combining REG60 to REG71, so that the REG bundle formed by combining REG60 and REG61 is numbered REG bundle 0, and the REG bundle formed by combining REG62 and REG63 is numbered REG Bundle 1... The REG bundle number formed by combining REG70 and REG71 is REG bundle 5.
对REG48至REG59组合形成的6个REG束进行编号,分别是REG束6至REG束10。以此类推,从而实现了对REG0至REG71组合形成的36个REG束进行编号,分别是REG束0至REG束35。The 6 REG bundles formed by the combination of REG48 to REG59 are numbered, which are REG bundle 6 to REG bundle 10, respectively. By analogy, 36 REG bundles formed by the combination of REG0 to REG71 are numbered, which are REG bundle 0 to REG bundle 35, respectively.
在本发明的一个或多个实施例中,第一控制资源集的多个资源单元组 REG束的编号规则可以为:In one or more embodiments of the present invention, the numbering rule of the multiple resource unit group REG bundles of the first control resource set may be:
将第一控制资源集内最先开始的时域上的各个REG束依次按频域从低到高顺序进行编号;按照第一控制资源集的时域先后顺序,对第一控制资源集的下一个时域上的REG束依次按频域从低到高顺序进行编号,直到对第一控制资源集的所有REG束完成编号。一个REG束可以具有一个编号。The REG bundles in the first time domain in the first control resource set are numbered in sequence from low to high in the frequency domain; according to the time domain sequence of the first control resource set, the lower part of the first control resource set is The REG bundles in a time domain are numbered sequentially from low to high in the frequency domain, until all REG bundles in the first control resource set are numbered. One REG bundle can have one number.
比如,在第一控制资源集的REG的编号结果如图3所示,REG束大小为时域上2个REG的情况下,从第一控制资源集的第一时域开始,先对第一时域上的各个REG束进行编号,将REG0和REG1形成的REG束编号为REG束0;将REG12和REG13形成的REG束编号为REG束1…将REG60和REG61形成的REG束编号为REG束5。For example, in the case of the REG numbering result of the first control resource set as shown in Fig. 3, the REG bundle size is 2 REGs in the time domain, starting from the first time domain of the first control resource set, the first Each REG bundle in the time domain is numbered, the REG bundle formed by REG0 and REG1 is numbered REG bundle 0; the REG bundle formed by REG12 and REG13 is numbered REG bundle 1...The REG bundle formed by REG60 and REG61 is numbered REG bundle 5.
对第一时域上的REG束完成编号之后,对第二时域上的REG束进行编号,第二时域上的REG束的编号方式与第一时域上的REG束的编号方式类似,在此不再重复赘述第二时域上的REG束的编号。After the REG bundles on the first time domain are numbered, the REG bundles on the second time domain are numbered. The REG bundles on the second time domain are numbered similarly to the REG bundles on the first time domain. The numbering of the REG bundle in the second time domain will not be repeated here.
按照上述的编号规则,可以实现依次对第一时域上的REG束至第六时域上的REG束进行编号。According to the above-mentioned numbering rule, it is possible to sequentially number the REG bundles on the first time domain to the REG bundles on the sixth time domain.
在本发明的一个或多个实施例中,第一控制资源集的多个资源单元组REG束的编号规则可以为:In one or more embodiments of the present invention, the numbering rule of the multiple resource unit group REG bundles of the first control resource set may be:
将第一控制资源集内最先开始的时域上的各个REG束依次按频域从高到低顺序进行编号;按照第一控制资源集的时域先后顺序,对第一控制资源集的下一个时域上的各个REG束依次按频域从高到低顺序进行编号,直到对第一控制资源集的所有REG束完成编号。The REG bundles in the first time domain in the first control resource set are numbered in sequence from high to low in the frequency domain; according to the time domain sequence of the first control resource set, the lower ones of the first control resource set are numbered. Each REG bundle in a time domain is sequentially numbered from high to low in the frequency domain, until all REG bundles in the first control resource set are numbered.
比如,在第一控制资源集的REG的编号结果如图3所示,REG束大小为时域上2个REG的情况下,从第一控制资源集的第一时域开始,先对第一时域上的各个REG束进行编号,将REG60和REG61形成的REG束编号为REG束0;将REG48和REG49形成的REG束编号为REG束1…将REG0和REG1形成的REG束编号为REG束5。For example, in the case of the REG numbering result of the first control resource set as shown in Fig. 3, the REG bundle size is 2 REGs in the time domain, starting from the first time domain of the first control resource set, the first The REG bundles in the time domain are numbered, the REG bundle formed by REG60 and REG61 is numbered REG bundle 0; the REG bundle formed by REG48 and REG49 is numbered REG bundle 1...The REG bundle formed by REG0 and REG1 is numbered REG bundle 5.
对第一时域上的REG束完成编号之后,对第二时域上的REG束进行编号,第二时域上的REG束的编号方式与第一时域上的REG束的编号方式类似,在此不再重复赘述第二时域上的REG束的编号。After the REG bundles on the first time domain are numbered, the REG bundles on the second time domain are numbered. The REG bundles on the second time domain are numbered similarly to the REG bundles on the first time domain. The numbering of the REG bundle in the second time domain will not be repeated here.
按照上述的编号规则,可以实现依次对第一时域上的REG束至第六时域上的REG束进行编号。According to the above-mentioned numbering rule, it is possible to sequentially number the REG bundles on the first time domain to the REG bundles on the sixth time domain.
在本发明的一个或多个实施例中,步骤201可以包括:In one or more embodiments of the present invention, step 201 may include:
网络设备根据第二预配置模式的映射规则,第三预配置模式的映射规则,多个REG束的编号以及控制信道元素CCE大小,对多个REG束进行CCE到REG的映射;The network device performs CCE to REG mapping on multiple REG bundles according to the mapping rule of the second pre-configuration mode, the mapping rule of the third pre-configuration mode, the number of multiple REG bundles, and the size of the control channel element CCE;
其中,第二预配置模式为时域交织模式或时域非交织模式,第三预配置模式为频域交织模式或频域非交织模式。Wherein, the second pre-configuration mode is a time-domain interleaving mode or a time-domain non-interleaving mode, and the third pre-configuration mode is a frequency-domain interleaving mode or a frequency-domain non-interleaving mode.
本发明实施例为了避免控制资源集上传输的PDCCH性能受到影响,可以配置更大时域长度的控制资源集。如果配置了更大时域长度的控制资源集,那么控制资源集内可能会出现TDM的REG bundle。在控制资源集内出现TDM的REG bundle的情况下,可以按照本发明实施例的方案对控制资源集内的REG bundle进行处理。因此,本发明实施例的控制资源集内可以出现TDM的REG bundle,从而可以配置更大时域长度的控制资源集。In the embodiment of the present invention, in order to prevent the performance of the PDCCH transmitted on the control resource set from being affected, a control resource set with a larger time domain length can be configured. If a control resource set with a larger time domain length is configured, a TDM REG bundle may appear in the control resource set. When a TDM REG bundle appears in the control resource set, the REG bundle in the control resource set may be processed according to the solution of the embodiment of the present invention. Therefore, a TDM REG bundle may appear in the control resource set in the embodiment of the present invention, so that a control resource set with a larger time domain length can be configured.
在本发明的一个或多个实施例中,时域交织模式的映射规则可以与以下至少一项相关:第一控制资源集内TDM的REG束个数,配置或者预定义的时域交织大小,预先配置或者预定义的每个CCE在时域上包含的REG束个数,预先配置或者预定义的每个CCE在频域上包含的REG束个数;In one or more embodiments of the present invention, the mapping rule of the time-domain interleaving pattern may be related to at least one of the following: the number of TDM REG bundles in the first control resource set, the configuration or the predefined time-domain interleaving size, The number of pre-configured or predefined REG bundles included in each CCE in the time domain, and the pre-configured or predefined number of REG bundles included in each CCE in the frequency domain;
频域交织模式的映射规则可以与以下至少一项相关:第一控制资源集内TDM的REG束个数,配置或者预定义的频域交织大小,预先配置或者预定义的每个CCE在时域上包含的REG束个数,预先配置或者预定义的每个CCE在频域上包含的REG束个数;The mapping rule of the frequency domain interleaving pattern may be related to at least one of the following: the number of TDM REG bundles in the first control resource set, the configured or predefined frequency domain interleaving size, and each pre-configured or predefined CCE is in the time domain The number of REG bundles contained in the above, the pre-configured or predefined number of REG bundles contained in each CCE in the frequency domain;
时域非交织模式的映射规则可以与以下至少一项相关:第一控制资源集内时分复用TDM的REG束个数,预先配置或者预定义的每个CCE在时域上包含的REG束个数,预先配置或者预定义的每个CCE在频域上包含的REG束个数;The mapping rule of the time-domain non-interleaved mode may be related to at least one of the following: the number of TDM REG bundles in the first control resource set, and the number of pre-configured or predefined REG bundles contained in each CCE in the time domain Number, the number of pre-configured or predefined REG bundles included in each CCE in the frequency domain;
频域非交织模式的映射规则可以与以下至少一项相关:第一控制资源集内时分复用TDM的REG束个数,预先配置或者预定义的每个CCE在时域上包含的REG束个数,预先配置或者预定义的每个CCE在频域上包含 的REG束个数。The mapping rule of the frequency-domain non-interleaved mode may be related to at least one of the following: the number of REG bundles of the time division multiplexing TDM in the first control resource set, and the number of pre-configured or predefined REG bundles contained in each CCE in the time domain Number, pre-configured or predefined number of REG bundles included in each CCE in the frequency domain.
在本发明的一个或多个实施例中,第一控制资源集的每个REG束的编号可以包括时域编号和频域编号。In one or more embodiments of the present invention, the number of each REG bundle of the first control resource set may include a time domain number and a frequency domain number.
在本发明的一个或多个实施例中,步骤201之前,物理下行控制信道的确定方法还可以包括:In one or more embodiments of the present invention, before step 201, the method for determining the physical downlink control channel may further include:
网络设备根据REG束大小以及第一控制资源集的REG,得到多个REG束。具体地,根据REG束大小对第一控制资源集的REG进行组合,形成多个REG束。The network device obtains multiple REG bundles according to the size of the REG bundle and the REG of the first control resource set. Specifically, the REGs of the first control resource set are combined according to the size of the REG bundle to form multiple REG bundles.
其中,REG束大小与第一控制资源集的符号个数(即第一控制资源集的时域长度)相关。The size of the REG bundle is related to the number of symbols in the first control resource set (that is, the time domain length of the first control resource set).
本发明实施例可以根据第一控制资源集的符号个数得到REG束大小。因此,即使配置了更大时域长度的控制资源集,可以避免第一控制资源集内出现TDM的REG束,进而避免第一控制资源集内出现TDM的CCE。因此,本发明实施例可以配置更大时域长度的控制资源集。In the embodiment of the present invention, the REG bundle size can be obtained according to the number of symbols in the first control resource set. Therefore, even if a control resource set with a larger time domain length is configured, the occurrence of TDM REG bundles in the first control resource set can be avoided, thereby avoiding the occurrence of TDM CCEs in the first control resource set. Therefore, the embodiment of the present invention can configure a control resource set with a larger time domain length.
在本发明的一个或多个实施例中,REG束大小可以大于或等于第一控制资源集持续的时域长度。In one or more embodiments of the present invention, the REG bundle size may be greater than or equal to the duration of the first control resource set.
在本发明的一个或多个实施例中,控制信道元素CCE大小可以与第一控制资源集的符号个数相关。In one or more embodiments of the present invention, the size of the control channel element CCE may be related to the number of symbols in the first control resource set.
本发明实施例可以根据控制资源集的符号个数得到CCE大小。因此,即使配置了更大时域长度的控制资源集,可以避免控制资源集内出现TDM的CCE。因此,本发明实施例可以配置更大时域长度的控制资源集。In the embodiment of the present invention, the CCE size can be obtained according to the number of symbols of the control resource set. Therefore, even if a control resource set with a larger time domain length is configured, TDM CCEs can be avoided in the control resource set. Therefore, the embodiment of the present invention can configure a control resource set with a larger time domain length.
在本发明的一个或多个实施例中,REG束大小可以按照时域和/或频域进行配置。比如,REG束大小按照时域配置为2,因此一个REG束可以是图3中的REG0和REG1。再比如,REG束大小按照频域配置为2,因此一个REG束可以是图3中的REG0和REG12。又比如,REG束大小按照频域配置为2和按时域配置为2,因此一个REG束可以是图3中的REG0、REG1、REG12和REG13。In one or more embodiments of the present invention, the REG bundle size can be configured in the time domain and/or frequency domain. For example, the size of the REG bundle is configured as 2 according to the time domain, so one REG bundle can be REG0 and REG1 in FIG. 3. For another example, the size of the REG beam is configured as 2 according to the frequency domain, so one REG beam can be REG0 and REG12 in FIG. 3. For another example, the size of the REG bundle is configured as 2 according to the frequency domain and 2 according to the time domain. Therefore, one REG bundle may be REG0, REG1, REG12, and REG13 in FIG. 3.
在本发明的一个或多个实施例中,步骤201之前,物理下行控制信道的确定方法还可以包括:In one or more embodiments of the present invention, before step 201, the method for determining the physical downlink control channel may further include:
网络设备根据第二控制资源集的配置信息,将第二控制资源集分成多个第一控制资源集。The network device divides the second control resource set into multiple first control resource sets according to the configuration information of the second control resource set.
本发明实施例可以将配置了更大时域长度的第二控制资源集分成多个第一控制资源集,避免了第一控制资源集内出现TDM的REG束。因此,本发明实施例可以配置更大时域长度的控制资源集。In the embodiment of the present invention, the second control resource set configured with a larger time domain length can be divided into multiple first control resource sets, which avoids the occurrence of TDM REG bundles in the first control resource set. Therefore, the embodiment of the present invention can configure a control resource set with a larger time domain length.
在本发明的一个或多个实施例中,多个第一控制资源集的REG编号规则为:对于每个第一控制资源集,均从第一预订编号开始对第一控制资源集的REG进行编号。In one or more embodiments of the present invention, the REG numbering rule of the multiple first control resource sets is: for each first control resource set, the REGs of the first control resource set are processed starting from the first subscription number. serial number.
比如,将第二控制资源集分成6个第一控制资源集,分别是Sub-coreset 0至Sub-coreset 5。将Sub-coreset 0的10个REG编号为REG0至REG9。将Sub-coreset 1的10个REG编号为REG0至REG9。以此类推,将Sub-coreset 5的10个REG编号为REG0至REG9。For example, the second control resource set is divided into six first control resource sets, namely Sub-coreset 0 to Sub-coreset 5. Number the 10 REGs of Sub-coreset 0 as REG0 to REG9. Number the 10 REGs of Sub-coreset 1 as REG0 to REG9. By analogy, the 10 REGs of Sub-coreset 5 are numbered REG0 to REG9.
在本发明的一个或多个实施例中,多个第一控制资源集的REG束的编号规则可以为:对于每个第一控制资源集,均从第二预订编号开始对第一控制资源集的REG束进行编号。In one or more embodiments of the present invention, the numbering rule of the REG bundles of the multiple first control resource sets may be: for each first control resource set, the first control resource set starts from the second subscription number. The REG bundle is numbered.
在本发明的一个或多个实施例中,第二控制资源集的配置信息可以包括第二控制资源集待被分成的第一控制资源集总数量和/或一个第一控制资源集的符号个数。In one or more embodiments of the present invention, the configuration information of the second control resource set may include the total number of the first control resource set to be divided into the second control resource set and/or the number of symbols of the first control resource set. number.
在本发明的一个或多个实施例中,第二控制资源集的配置信息可以包括第二控制资源集的符号个数;In one or more embodiments of the present invention, the configuration information of the second control resource set may include the number of symbols of the second control resource set;
网络设备根据第二控制资源集的配置信息,将第二控制资源集分成多个第一控制资源集,可以包括:According to the configuration information of the second control resource set, the network device divides the second control resource set into multiple first control resource sets, which may include:
网络设备根据第二控制资源集的符号个数,确定第二控制资源集待被分成的第一控制资源集总数量和/或一个第一控制资源集的符号个数;The network device determines, according to the number of symbols in the second control resource set, the total number of first control resource sets to be divided into the second control resource set and/or the number of symbols in a first control resource set;
网络设备根据第一控制资源集总数量和/或一个第一控制资源集的符号个数,将第一控制资源集分成多个第一控制资源集。The network device divides the first control resource set into multiple first control resource sets according to the total number of the first control resource sets and/or the number of symbols of one first control resource set.
在本发明的一个或多个实施例中,步骤202可以包括:In one or more embodiments of the present invention, step 202 may include:
根据多个第一控制资源集的CCE的编号,确定候选物理下行控制信道PDCCH,其中,多个第一控制资源集内任意两个CCE的编号不同。Determine the candidate physical downlink control channel PDCCH according to the numbers of the CCEs of the multiple first control resource sets, where any two CCEs in the multiple first control resource sets have different numbers.
在本发明的一个或多个实施例中,物理下行控制信道的确定方法还可以包括:In one or more embodiments of the present invention, the method for determining the physical downlink control channel may further include:
根据多个第一控制资源集的CCE的编号规则,对多个第一控制资源集的CCE进行编号。According to the numbering rule of the CCEs of the multiple first control resource sets, the CCEs of the multiple first control resource sets are numbered.
多个第一控制资源集的CCE的编号规则可以包括:The numbering rules of the CCEs of the multiple first control resource sets may include:
执行编号步骤:按照多个第一控制资源集的顺序,依次对多个第一控制资源集内的第j个CCE进行编号;Perform numbering step: sequentially number the j-th CCE in the multiple first control resource sets according to the order of the multiple first control resource sets;
在对最后一个第一控制资源集内的第j个CCE完成编号之后,将最后一个第一控制资源集内第j个CCE的编号作为下一次编号的起点,j=j+1,返回执行编号步骤,直到对多个第一控制资源集内的所有CCE完成编号;j∈[1,a];a表示一个第一控制资源集的CCE数量。After completing the numbering of the j-th CCE in the last first control resource set, use the number of the j-th CCE in the last first control resource set as the starting point for the next numbering, j=j+1, return to the execution number Steps, until all CCEs in the multiple first control resource sets are numbered; jε[1, a]; a represents the number of CCEs in a first control resource set.
比如,将第二控制资源集分成6个第一控制资源集,分别是Sub-coreset 0至Sub-coreset 5,每个Sub-coreset有8个CCE,总共48个CCE。那么按照Sub-coreset 0至Sub-coreset 5的顺序,对Sub-coreset 0至Sub-coreset 5的第一个CCE进行编号,然后对Sub-coreset 0至Sub-coreset 5的第二个CCE进行编号…对Sub-coreset 0至Sub-coreset 5的第八个CCE进行编号。For example, the second control resource set is divided into six first control resource sets, namely Sub-coreset 0 to Sub-coreset 5, and each Sub-coreset has 8 CCEs, for a total of 48 CCEs. Then in the order of Sub-coreset 0 to Sub-coreset 5, number the first CCE of Sub-coreset 0 to Sub-coreset 5, and then number the second CCE of Sub-coreset 0 to Sub-coreset 5 ...Number the eighth CCE of Sub-coreset 0 to Sub-coreset 5.
Sub-coreset 0至Sub-coreset 5的CCE编号的结果如下:The results of the CCE numbers from Sub-coreset 0 to Sub-coreset 5 are as follows:
Sub-coreset 0对应CCE{0,6,12,18,24,30,36,42}Sub-coreset 0 corresponds to CCE{0, 6, 12, 18, 24, 30, 36, 42}
Sub-coreset 1对应CCE{1,7,13,19,25,31,37,43}Sub-coreset 1 corresponds to CCE{1, 7, 13, 19, 25, 31, 37, 43}
Sub-coreset 2对应CCE{2,8,14,20,26,32,38,44}Sub-coreset 2 corresponds to CCE{2, 8, 14, 20, 26, 32, 38, 44}
Sub-coreset 5对应CCE{5,11,17,23,29,35,41,47}Sub-coreset 5 corresponds to CCE{5, 11, 17, 23, 29, 35, 41, 47}
由此可见,Sub-coreset 0的第一个CCE的编号为0,Sub-coreset 1的第一个CCE的编号为1,Sub-coreset 2的第一个CCE的编号为2…Sub-coreset 5的第一个CCE的编号为5。It can be seen that the number of the first CCE of Sub-coreset 0 is 0, the number of the first CCE of Sub-coreset 1 is 1, and the number of the first CCE of Sub-coreset 2 is 2...Sub-coreset 5 The number of the first CCE is 5.
Sub-coreset 0的第二个CCE的编号为6,Sub-coreset 1的第二个CCE的编号为7,Sub-coreset 2的第二个CCE的编号为8…Sub-coreset 5的第二个CCE的编号为11。以此类推,得到每个Sub-coreset 0的每个CCE的编 号。The number of the second CCE of Sub-coreset 0 is 6, the number of the second CCE of Sub-coreset 1 is 7, and the number of the second CCE of Sub-coreset 2 is 8...The second of Sub-coreset 5 The CCE number is 11. By analogy, the number of each CCE of each Sub-coreset 0 is obtained.
本发明实施例按照上述方式对多个第一控制资源集的CCE进行编号,可以使得同一个候选PDCCH来自于不同的第一控制资源集,这样相邻编号的CCE相隔较远,可以提升第一控制资源集上传输的PDCCH性能。In the embodiment of the present invention, the CCEs of multiple first control resource sets are numbered in the above-mentioned manner, so that the same candidate PDCCH can come from different first control resource sets. In this way, the CCEs with adjacent numbers are far apart and the first control resource set can be increased. Control the performance of the PDCCH transmitted on the resource set.
在本发明的一个或多个实施例中,步骤202可以包括:In one or more embodiments of the present invention, step 202 may include:
网络设备将第一控制资源集的至少一个CCE进行组合,得到至少一个CCE组,其中,一个CCE组包括至少一个CCE;The network device combines at least one CCE in the first control resource set to obtain at least one CCE group, where one CCE group includes at least one CCE;
对至少一个CCE组进行PDCCH到CCE组的映射,得到候选物理下行控制信道PDCCH。PDCCH to CCE group mapping is performed on at least one CCE group to obtain a candidate physical downlink control channel PDCCH.
其中,如果有多个第一控制资源集,则对每个第一控制资源集的CCE进行组合,使得每个第一控制资源集具有CCE组。Wherein, if there are multiple first control resource sets, the CCEs of each first control resource set are combined, so that each first control resource set has a CCE group.
本发明提供了一个实施例的应用于用户设备的物理下行控制信道的确定方法,该物理下行控制信道的确定方法可以包括:The present invention provides a method for determining a physical downlink control channel applied to a user equipment according to an embodiment, and the method for determining a physical downlink control channel may include:
用户设备根据第一控制资源集的多个资源单元组REG束的编号和控制信道元素CCE大小,对多个资源单元组REG束进行CCE到REG的映射,得到第一控制资源集的至少一个CCE,其中,一个CCE包括至少一个资源单元组REG束,一个资源单元组REG束包括至少一个REG;The user equipment performs CCE to REG mapping on the multiple resource element group REG bundles according to the number of the multiple resource element group REG bundles of the first control resource set and the control channel element CCE size to obtain at least one CCE of the first control resource set , Wherein one CCE includes at least one resource unit group REG bundle, and one resource unit group REG bundle includes at least one REG;
用户设备根据至少一个CCE,确定第一控制资源集的候选物理下行控制信道PDCCH。The user equipment determines the candidate physical downlink control channel PDCCH of the first control resource set according to the at least one CCE.
在本发明实施例中,用户设备对第一控制资源集的REG束进行编号,根据REG束的编号和CCE大小,进行CCE到REG的映射,得到第一控制资源集的至少一个CCE,从而确定第一控制资源集的候选PDCCH。因此,可以按照上述方案确定候选PDCCH,从而可以配置更大时域长度的控制资源集。In the embodiment of the present invention, the user equipment numbers the REG bundles of the first control resource set, and performs CCE to REG mapping according to the number of the REG bundle and the CCE size to obtain at least one CCE of the first control resource set, thereby determining Candidate PDCCH of the first control resource set. Therefore, the candidate PDCCH can be determined according to the above solution, so that a control resource set with a larger time domain length can be configured.
在本发明的一个或多个实施例中,用户设备根据第一控制资源集的多个资源单元组REG束的编号和控制信道元素CCE大小,对多个资源单元组REG束进行CCE到REG的映射,可以包括:In one or more embodiments of the present invention, the user equipment performs CCE to REG conversion on the multiple resource element group REG bundles according to the number of the multiple resource element group REG bundles of the first control resource set and the control channel element CCE size. Mapping can include:
用户设备根据第一预配置模式的映射规则,多个资源单元组REG束的 编号以及控制信道元素CCE大小,对多个资源单元组REG束进行CCE到REG的映射;The user equipment performs CCE to REG mapping on the multiple resource unit group REG bundles according to the mapping rule of the first pre-configuration mode, the number of the multiple resource unit group REG bundles and the control channel element CCE size;
其中,第一预配置模式为以下一项:统一交织模式,统一非交织模式,时域交织模式和频域非交织模式,时域非交织模式和频域非交织模式,时域交织模式和频域交织模式,时域非交织模式和频域交织模式;Among them, the first pre-configured mode is one of the following: unified interleaving mode, unified non-interleaving mode, time-domain interleaving mode and frequency-domain non-interleaving mode, time-domain non-interleaving mode and frequency-domain non-interleaving mode, time-domain interleaving mode and frequency Domain interleaving mode, time domain non-interleaving mode and frequency domain interleaving mode;
统一交织模式可以为对多个资源单元组REG束的编号进行交织的CCE到REG映射的模式;统一非交织模式为对多个资源单元组REG束的编号进行非交织的CCE到REG映射的模式。The unified interleaving mode can be a CCE to REG mapping mode that interleaves the numbers of multiple resource unit group REG bundles; the unified non-interleaved mode is a CCE to REG mapping mode that non-interleaves the numbers of multiple resource unit group REG bundles .
在本发明的一个或多个实施例中,统一交织模式的映射规则可以与以下至少一项相关:第一控制资源集内时分复用TDM的REG束个数,预先配置或者预定义的统一交织大小,预先配置或者预定义的每个CCE在时域上包含的REG束个数,预先配置或者预定义的每个CCE在频域上包含的REG束个数;In one or more embodiments of the present invention, the mapping rule of the unified interleaving pattern may be related to at least one of the following: the number of TDM REG bundles in the first control resource set, pre-configured or predefined unified interleaving Size, the number of pre-configured or predefined REG bundles contained in each CCE in the time domain, and the pre-configured or predefined number of REG bundles contained in each CCE in the frequency domain;
统一非交织模式的映射规则可以与以下至少一项相关:第一控制资源集内TDM的REG束个数,预先配置或者预定义的每个CCE在时域上包含的REG束个数,预先配置或者预定义的每个CCE在频域上包含的REG束个数;The mapping rule of the unified non-interleaved mode may be related to at least one of the following: the number of TDM REG bundles in the first control resource set, the pre-configured or pre-defined number of REG bundles contained in each CCE in the time domain, pre-configured Or the predefined number of REG bundles included in each CCE in the frequency domain;
时域交织模式的映射规则可以与以下一个或多个因素相关:第一控制资源集内TDM的REG束个数,预先配置或者预定义的时域交织大小,预先配置或者预定义的每个CCE在时域上包含的REG束个数,预先配置或者预定义的每个CCE在频域上包含的REG束个数;The mapping rule of the time-domain interleaving pattern may be related to one or more of the following factors: the number of TDM REG bundles in the first control resource set, the pre-configured or predefined time-domain interleaving size, and each pre-configured or pre-defined CCE The number of REG bundles included in the time domain, and the pre-configured or predefined number of REG bundles included in each CCE in the frequency domain;
频域交织模式的映射规则可以与以下一个或多个因素相关:第一控制资源集内TDM的REG束个数,预先配置或者预定义的频域交织大小,预先配置或者预定义的每个CCE在时域上包含的REG束个数,预先配置或者预定义的每个CCE在频域上包含的REG束个数;The mapping rule of the frequency domain interleaving pattern may be related to one or more of the following factors: the number of TDM REG bundles in the first control resource set, the pre-configured or pre-defined frequency-domain interleaving size, and each pre-configured or pre-defined CCE The number of REG bundles included in the time domain, and the pre-configured or predefined number of REG bundles included in each CCE in the frequency domain;
时域非交织模式的映射规则可以与以下一个或多个因素相关:第一控制资源集内TDM的REG束个数,预先配置或者预定义的每个CCE在时域上包含的REG束个数,预先配置或者预定义的每个CCE在频域上包含的REG束个数;The mapping rule of the time-domain non-interlaced mode may be related to one or more of the following factors: the number of TDM REG bundles in the first control resource set, the number of pre-configured or predefined REG bundles contained in each CCE in the time domain , The number of pre-configured or predefined REG bundles included in each CCE in the frequency domain;
频域非交织模式的映射规则可以与以下一个或多个因素相关:第一控制资源集内TDM的REG束个数,预先配置或者预定义的每个CCE在时域上包含的REG束个数,预先配置或者预定义的每个CCE在频域上包含的REG束个数。The mapping rule of the frequency domain non-interleaved mode may be related to one or more of the following factors: the number of TDM REG bundles in the first control resource set, and the pre-configured or predefined number of REG bundles contained in each CCE in the time domain , The pre-configured or pre-defined number of REG bundles included in each CCE in the frequency domain.
在本发明的一个或多个实施例中,多个资源单元组REG束的编号规则可以为:In one or more embodiments of the present invention, the numbering rule of multiple resource unit groups REG bundles may be:
将第一控制资源集内最低频域上的各个资源单元组REG束依次按时域先后顺序进行编号;按照第一控制资源集的频域从低到高的顺序,对第一控制资源集的下一个频域上的各个资源单元组REG束依次按时域先后顺序进行编号,直到对第一控制资源集的所有资源单元组REG束完成编号;The REG bundles of the resource unit groups in the lowest frequency domain in the first control resource set are numbered in sequence in the time domain; according to the order of the frequency domain of the first control resource set from low to high, the lower part of the first control resource set is The REG bundles of each resource unit group in a frequency domain are numbered sequentially in time domain order, until the REG bundles of all resource unit groups of the first control resource set are numbered;
或者,or,
将第一控制资源集内最高频域上的各个资源单元组REG束依次按时域先后顺序进行编号;按照第一控制资源集的频域从高到低的顺序,对第一控制资源集的下一个频域上的各个资源单元组REG束依次按时域先后顺序进行编号,直到对第一控制资源集的所有资源单元组REG束完成编号;The REG bundles of the resource unit groups in the highest frequency domain in the first control resource set are numbered sequentially in the time domain sequence; according to the order of the frequency domain of the first control resource set from high to low, the REG bundles of the first control resource set are The REG bundles of each resource unit group in the next frequency domain are numbered sequentially in time domain order, until all resource unit group REG bundles of the first control resource set are numbered;
或者,or,
将第一控制资源集内最先开始的时域上的各个资源单元组REG束依次按频域从低到高顺序进行编号;按照第一控制资源集的时域先后顺序,对第一控制资源集的下一个时域上的各个资源单元组REG束依次按频域从低到高顺序进行编号,直到对第一控制资源集的所有资源单元组REG束完成编号;The REG bundles of each resource unit group in the first time domain in the first control resource set are numbered in sequence from low to high in the frequency domain; according to the time domain sequence of the first control resource set, the first control resource The resource unit group REG bundles in the next time domain of the set are numbered sequentially from low to high in the frequency domain, until all resource unit group REG bundles of the first control resource set are numbered;
将第一控制资源集内最先开始的时域上的各个资源单元组REG束依次按频域从高到低顺序进行编号;按照第一控制资源集的时域先后顺序,对第一控制资源集的下一个时域上的各个资源单元组REG束依次按频域从高到低顺序进行编号,直到对第一控制资源集的所有资源单元组REG束完成编号。The REG bundles of each resource unit group in the first time domain in the first control resource set are numbered in sequence from high to low in the frequency domain; according to the time domain sequence of the first control resource set, the first control resource The resource unit group REG bundles in the next time domain of the set are numbered sequentially from high to low in the frequency domain, until all resource unit group REG bundles of the first control resource set are numbered.
在本发明的一个或多个实施例中,用户设备根据第一控制资源集的多个资源单元组REG束的编号和控制信道元素CCE大小,对多个资源单元组REG束进行CCE到REG的映射,可以包括:In one or more embodiments of the present invention, the user equipment performs CCE to REG conversion on the multiple resource element group REG bundles according to the number of the multiple resource element group REG bundles of the first control resource set and the control channel element CCE size. Mapping can include:
用户设备根据第二预配置模式的映射规则,第三预配置模式的映射规则,多个资源单元组REG束的编号以及控制信道元素CCE大小,对多个资源单元组REG束进行CCE到REG的映射;The user equipment performs CCE to REG mapping for multiple resource unit group REG bundles according to the mapping rule of the second pre-configuration mode, the mapping rule of the third pre-configuration mode, the number of the multiple resource unit group REG bundles, and the control channel element CCE size Mapping
其中,第二预配置模式为时域交织模式或时域非交织模式,第三预配置模式为频域交织模式或频域非交织模式。Wherein, the second pre-configuration mode is a time-domain interleaving mode or a time-domain non-interleaving mode, and the third pre-configuration mode is a frequency-domain interleaving mode or a frequency-domain non-interleaving mode.
在本发明的一个或多个实施例中,时域交织模式的映射规则可以与以下至少一项相关:第一控制资源集内TDM的REG束个数,配置或者预定义的时域交织大小,预先配置或者预定义的每个CCE在时域上包含的REG束个数,预先配置或者预定义的每个CCE在频域上包含的REG束个数;In one or more embodiments of the present invention, the mapping rule of the time-domain interleaving pattern may be related to at least one of the following: the number of TDM REG bundles in the first control resource set, the configuration or the predefined time-domain interleaving size, The number of pre-configured or predefined REG bundles included in each CCE in the time domain, and the pre-configured or predefined number of REG bundles included in each CCE in the frequency domain;
频域交织模式的映射规则可以与以下至少一项相关:第一控制资源集内TDM的REG束个数,配置或者预定义的频域交织大小,预先配置或者预定义的每个CCE在时域上包含的REG束个数,预先配置或者预定义的每个CCE在频域上包含的REG束个数;The mapping rule of the frequency domain interleaving pattern may be related to at least one of the following: the number of TDM REG bundles in the first control resource set, the configured or predefined frequency domain interleaving size, and each pre-configured or predefined CCE is in the time domain The number of REG bundles contained in the above, the pre-configured or predefined number of REG bundles contained in each CCE in the frequency domain;
时域非交织模式的映射规则可以与以下至少一项相关:第一控制资源集内时分复用TDM的REG束个数,预先配置或者预定义的每个CCE在时域上包含的REG束个数,预先配置或者预定义的每个CCE在频域上包含的REG束个数;The mapping rule of the time-domain non-interleaved mode may be related to at least one of the following: the number of TDM REG bundles in the first control resource set, and the number of pre-configured or predefined REG bundles contained in each CCE in the time domain Number, the number of pre-configured or predefined REG bundles included in each CCE in the frequency domain;
频域非交织模式的映射规则可以与以下至少一项相关:第一控制资源集内时分复用TDM的REG束个数,预先配置或者预定义的每个CCE在时域上包含的REG束个数,预先配置或者预定义的每个CCE在频域上包含的REG束个数。The mapping rule of the frequency-domain non-interleaved mode may be related to at least one of the following: the number of REG bundles of the time division multiplexing TDM in the first control resource set, and the number of pre-configured or predefined REG bundles contained in each CCE in the time domain Number, pre-configured or predefined number of REG bundles included in each CCE in the frequency domain.
在本发明的一个或多个实施例中,多个资源单元组REG束中的每个资源单元组REG束的编号可以包括时域编号和频域编号。In one or more embodiments of the present invention, the number of each resource unit group REG bundle in the plurality of resource unit group REG bundles may include a time domain number and a frequency domain number.
在本发明的一个或多个实施例中,用户设备根据第一控制资源集的多个资源单元组REG束的编号和控制信道元素CCE大小,对多个资源单元组REG束进行CCE到REG的映射之前,物理下行控制信道的确定方法还可以包括:In one or more embodiments of the present invention, the user equipment performs CCE to REG conversion on the multiple resource element group REG bundles according to the number of the multiple resource element group REG bundles of the first control resource set and the control channel element CCE size. Before mapping, the method for determining the physical downlink control channel may further include:
用户设备根据REG束大小以及第一控制资源集的REG,确定多个资源单元组REG束;The user equipment determines multiple resource unit group REG bundles according to the size of the REG bundle and the REG of the first control resource set;
其中,REG束大小与第一控制资源集的符号个数相关。The size of the REG bundle is related to the number of symbols in the first control resource set.
在本发明的一个或多个实施例中,控制信道元素CCE大小可以与第一控制资源集的符号个数相关。In one or more embodiments of the present invention, the size of the control channel element CCE may be related to the number of symbols in the first control resource set.
在本发明的一个或多个实施例中,REG束大小可以按照时域和/或频域进行配置。In one or more embodiments of the present invention, the REG bundle size can be configured in the time domain and/or frequency domain.
在本发明的一个或多个实施例中,用户设备根据第一控制资源集的多个资源单元组REG束的编号和控制信道元素CCE大小,对多个资源单元组REG束进行CCE到REG的映射之前,物理下行控制信道的确定方法还可以包括:In one or more embodiments of the present invention, the user equipment performs CCE to REG conversion on the multiple resource element group REG bundles according to the number of the multiple resource element group REG bundles of the first control resource set and the control channel element CCE size. Before mapping, the method for determining the physical downlink control channel may further include:
用户设备根据第二控制资源集的配置信息,将第二控制资源集分成多个第一控制资源集。The user equipment divides the second control resource set into multiple first control resource sets according to the configuration information of the second control resource set.
在本发明的一个或多个实施例中,第二控制资源集的配置信息可以包括第二控制资源集待被分成的第一控制资源集总数量和/或一个第一控制资源集的符号个数。In one or more embodiments of the present invention, the configuration information of the second control resource set may include the total number of the first control resource set to be divided into the second control resource set and/or the number of symbols of the first control resource set. number.
在本发明的一个或多个实施例中,第二控制资源集的配置信息可以包括第二控制资源集的符号个数;In one or more embodiments of the present invention, the configuration information of the second control resource set may include the number of symbols of the second control resource set;
用户设备根据第二控制资源集的配置信息,将第二控制资源集分成多个第一控制资源集,可以包括:According to the configuration information of the second control resource set, the user equipment divides the second control resource set into multiple first control resource sets, which may include:
用户设备根据第二控制资源集的符号个数,确定第二控制资源集待被分成的第一控制资源集总数量和/或一个第一控制资源集的符号个数;The user equipment determines the total number of first control resource sets to be divided into the second control resource set and/or the number of symbols of one first control resource set according to the number of symbols in the second control resource set;
用户设备根据第一控制资源集总数量和/或一个第一控制资源集的符号个数,将第一控制资源集分成多个第一控制资源集。The user equipment divides the first control resource set into multiple first control resource sets according to the total number of the first control resource sets and/or the number of symbols of one first control resource set.
在本发明的一个或多个实施例中,用户设备根据至少一个CCE,确定第一控制资源集的候选物理下行控制信道PDCCH,可以包括:In one or more embodiments of the present invention, the user equipment determining the candidate physical downlink control channel PDCCH of the first control resource set according to at least one CCE may include:
用户设备根据多个第一控制资源集的CCE的编号,确定候选物理下行控制信道PDCCH。The user equipment determines the candidate physical downlink control channel PDCCH according to the numbers of the CCEs of the multiple first control resource sets.
其中,多个第一控制资源集内任意两个CCE的编号不同。Wherein, the numbers of any two CCEs in the multiple first control resource sets are different.
在本发明的一个或多个实施例中,多个第一控制资源集的CCE的编号规则可以包括:In one or more embodiments of the present invention, the numbering rules of the CCEs of the multiple first control resource sets may include:
用户设备执行编号步骤:按照多个第一控制资源集的顺序,依次对多个第一控制资源集内的第j个CCE进行编号;The user equipment performs a numbering step: sequentially number the j-th CCE in the plurality of first control resource sets according to the order of the plurality of first control resource sets;
用户设备在对最后一个第一控制资源集内的第j个CCE完成编号之后,将最后一个第一控制资源集内第j个CCE的编号作为下一次编号的起点,j=j+1,返回执行编号步骤,直到对多个第一控制资源集内的所有CCE完成编号;j∈[1,a];a表示一个第一控制资源集的CCE数量。After the user equipment completes the numbering of the j-th CCE in the last first control resource set, it uses the number of the j-th CCE in the last first control resource set as the starting point of the next numbering, j=j+1, return Perform the numbering step until all CCEs in the multiple first control resource sets are numbered; jε[1, a]; a represents the number of CCEs in a first control resource set.
在本发明的一个或多个实施例中,用户设备根据至少一个CCE,确定第一控制资源集的候选物理下行控制信道PDCCH,可以包括:In one or more embodiments of the present invention, the user equipment determining the candidate physical downlink control channel PDCCH of the first control resource set according to at least one CCE may include:
用户设备将第一控制资源集的至少一个CCE进行组合,得到至少一个CCE组,其中,一个CCE组包括至少一个CCE;The user equipment combines at least one CCE in the first control resource set to obtain at least one CCE group, where one CCE group includes at least one CCE;
用户设备对至少一个CCE组进行PDCCH到CCE组的映射,得到候选物理下行控制信道PDCCH。The user equipment maps the PDCCH to the CCE group on at least one CCE group to obtain the candidate physical downlink control channel PDCCH.
由于应用于网络设备的物理下行控制信道的确定方法与应用于用户设备的物理下行控制信道的确定方法类似,而且上述已经详细介绍了应用于网络设备的物理下行控制信道的确定方法,因此,在此不再重复赘述应用于用户设备的物理下行控制信道的确定方法的相关内容。Since the method for determining the physical downlink control channel applied to the network equipment is similar to the method for determining the physical downlink control channel applied to the user equipment, and the method for determining the physical downlink control channel applied to the network equipment has been described in detail above, therefore, The relevant content of the method for determining the physical downlink control channel applied to the user equipment will not be repeated here.
下面通过实施例对本发明实施例进行进一步地说明。The embodiments of the present invention will be further described by the following examples.
图4示出了本发明提供的物理下行控制信道的确定方法的另一个实施例的流程示意图。如图4所示,物理下行控制信道的确定方法包括:Fig. 4 shows a schematic flowchart of another embodiment of a method for determining a physical downlink control channel provided by the present invention. As shown in Figure 4, the method for determining the physical downlink control channel includes:
步骤301,网络设备对Coreset的REG进行编号。Step 301: The network device numbers the REG of Coreset.
作为一个示例,可以对Coreset内的REG按照时域优先,频域从低到高的原则进行编号。比如,对Coreset内的REG编号如图3所示。As an example, the REGs in the Coreset can be numbered according to the principle of time domain first and frequency domain from low to high. For example, the REG number in Coreset is shown in Figure 3.
物理下行控制信道的确定方法还包括:The method for determining the physical downlink control channel also includes:
步骤302,网络设备根据Coreset的REG的编号,配置或者预定义的REG束大小L,将Coreset的REG进行组合,形成Coreset的多个REG束,一个REG束包括L个REG;REG束大小L可以通过时域和/或频域分别配置;Step 302: The network device combines Coreset REGs according to the number of Coreset REGs, configuration or predefined REG bundle size L, to form multiple REG bundles of Coreset, one REG bundle includes L REGs; the REG bundle size L can be Configured separately through time domain and/or frequency domain;
步骤303,网络设备对Coreset的多个REG束进行编号,其中,一个 REG束具有一个编号。Step 303: The network device numbers multiple REG bundles of Coreset, where one REG bundle has one number.
在步骤303中,网络设备可以按照先频域后时域,或者先时域后频域方式对REG束进行统一编号。具体如下:In step 303, the network device may uniformly number the REG bundles in the frequency domain first and then the time domain, or the time domain first and then the frequency domain. details as follows:
步骤303包括:网络设备将Coreset中最低频域上的各个REG束依次按时域先后顺序进行编号;按照Coreset的频域从低到高的顺序,对Coreset的下一个频域上的各个REG束依次按时域先后顺序进行编号,直到对Coreset的所有REG束完成编号。Step 303 includes: the network device sequentially numbers the REG bundles in the lowest frequency domain in the Coreset in the time domain sequence; according to the Coreset frequency domain from low to high, the REG bundles in the next frequency domain of the Coreset are sequentially numbered Numbering in time domain sequence until all REG bundles of Coreset are numbered.
或者,步骤303包括:网络设备将Coreset中最高频域上的各个REG束依次按时域先后顺序进行编号;按照Coreset的频域从高到低的顺序,对Coreset的下一个频域上的各个REG束依次按时域先后顺序进行编号,直到对Coreset的所有REG束完成编号。Alternatively, step 303 includes: the network device numbers the REG bundles in the highest frequency domain in the Coreset in sequence in the time domain; according to the order of the frequency domain of the Coreset, the next frequency domain of the Coreset is The REG bundles are numbered sequentially in time domain order, until all REG bundles of Coreset are numbered.
或者,步骤303包括:网络设备将Coreset中最先开始的时域上的各个REG束依次按频域从低到高顺序进行编号;按照Coreset的时域先后顺序,对Coreset的下一个时域上的各个REG束依次按频域从低到高顺序进行编号,直到对Coreset的所有REG束完成编号。Alternatively, step 303 includes: the network device numbers the REG bundles in the first time domain in the Coreset in sequence from low to high in the frequency domain; according to the time domain sequence of the Coreset, the next time domain in the Coreset is The REG bundles are numbered in sequence from low to high in the frequency domain, until all REG bundles of Coreset are numbered.
或者,步骤303包括:网络设备将Coreset中最先开始的时域上的各个REG束依次按频域从高到低顺序进行编号;按照Coreset的时域先后顺序,对Coreset的下一个时域上的各个REG束依次按频域从高到低顺序进行编号,直到对Coreset的所有REG束完成编号。Alternatively, step 303 includes: the network device numbers the REG bundles in the first time domain in the Coreset in sequence from high to low in the frequency domain; according to the time domain sequence of the Coreset, the next time domain in the Coreset is The REG bundles are numbered in sequence from high to low in the frequency domain, until all REG bundles of Coreset are numbered.
物理下行控制信道的确定方法还包括:The method for determining the physical downlink control channel also includes:
步骤304,网络设备根据第一预配置模式的映射规则,Coreset的REG束的编号以及配置或者预定义的CCE大小,对Coreset的REG束进行CCE到REG的映射,得到Coreset的至少一个CCE。第一预配置模式的映射规则可以包括交织函数(或映射函数)以及除交织函数(或映射函数)外的预定义规则。Step 304: The network device performs CCE to REG mapping on the Coreset REG bundle according to the mapping rule of the first pre-configuration mode, the number of the Coreset REG bundle and the configuration or the predefined CCE size, to obtain at least one CCE of the Coreset. The mapping rule of the first pre-configured mode may include an interleaving function (or mapping function) and predefined rules other than the interleaving function (or mapping function).
其中,第一预配置模式为以下一项:统一交织模式,统一非交织模式,时域交织模式和频域非交织模式,时域非交织模式和频域非交织模式,时域交织模式和频域交织模式,时域非交织模式和频域交织模式。Among them, the first pre-configured mode is one of the following: unified interleaving mode, unified non-interleaving mode, time-domain interleaving mode and frequency-domain non-interleaving mode, time-domain non-interleaving mode and frequency-domain non-interleaving mode, time-domain interleaving mode and frequency Domain interleaving mode, time domain non-interleaving mode and frequency domain interleaving mode.
物理下行控制信道的确定方法还包括:The method for determining the physical downlink control channel also includes:
步骤305,网络设备根据Coreset的至少一个CCE,确定候选PDCCH。由此,网络设备利用其中一个候选PDCCH承载DCI,并发送DCI。Step 305: The network device determines a candidate PDCCH according to at least one CCE of Coreset. Therefore, the network device uses one of the candidate PDCCHs to carry the DCI and sends the DCI.
由此可见,本发明实施例考虑Coreset内的TDM的REG束进行CCE到REG的映射。并按照特定统一交织(或者映射)函数/预定义规则将每个CCE包含的REG束和统一的REG束编号进行映射,配置为不同模式的交织(或者映射)函数/预定义规则不同。It can be seen that the embodiment of the present invention considers the TDM REG bundle in the Coreset to perform CCE to REG mapping. And according to a specific unified interleaving (or mapping) function/predefined rule, the REG bundle contained in each CCE is mapped to the unified REG bundle number, and the interleaving (or mapping) function/predefined rule of different modes is configured to be different.
■可配置为以下模式之一:■Can be configured as one of the following modes:
◆统一交织模式◆Unified interweaving mode
◆统一非交织模式◆Unified non-interlaced mode
◆时域交织模式+频域非交织模式◆Time domain interleaving mode + frequency domain non-interleaving mode
◆时域非交织模式+频域非交织模式◆Time domain non-interlaced mode + frequency domain non-interlaced mode
◆时域交织模式+频域交织模式◆Time domain interleaving mode + frequency domain interleaving mode
◆时域非交织模式+频域交织模式◆Time domain non-interleaving mode + frequency domain interleaving mode
■该统一交织(或者映射)函数/预定义规则与以下一个或者多个因素相关:■The unified interleaving (or mapping) function/pre-defined rule is related to one or more of the following factors:
◆TDM的REG bundle个数◆The number of REG bundles of TDM
◆配置或者预定义的统一交织大小◆Configuration or predefined uniform interleaving size
◆配置或者预定义的时域交织大小◆Configurable or predefined time domain interleaving size
◆配置或者预定义的频域交织大小◆Configurable or pre-defined frequency domain interleaving size
◆配置或者预定义的每个CCE时域包含的REG bundle个数◆Configured or predefined number of REG bundles included in each CCE time domain
◆配置或者预定义的每个CCE频域包含的REG bundle个数◆Configured or predefined number of REG bundles included in each CCE frequency domain
在本发明的一个或多个实施例中,在步骤305中,考虑TDM的CCE进行PDCCH-to-CCE mapping。比如,将包含多个CCE的CCE组合进行PDCCH-to-CCE group mapping。In one or more embodiments of the present invention, in step 305, the CCE of TDM is considered for PDCCH-to-CCE mapping. For example, PDCCH-to-CCE group mapping is performed on a combination of CCEs containing multiple CCEs.
下面通过一个具体的例子对图4示出的物理下行控制信道的确定方法进行进一步地说明。The method for determining the physical downlink control channel shown in FIG. 4 is further described below by using a specific example.
Coreset持续的时域长度(以符号为单位)配置为
Figure PCTCN2021071207-appb-000008
其中,
Figure PCTCN2021071207-appb-000009
可以配置为6或12。Coreset的频域宽度(以PRB为单位)配置为
Figure PCTCN2021071207-appb-000010
并且各参数按照如下定义:
The time domain length (in symbols) that Coreset lasts is configured as
Figure PCTCN2021071207-appb-000008
in,
Figure PCTCN2021071207-appb-000009
Can be configured as 6 or 12. Coreset's frequency domain width (in PRB unit) is configured as
Figure PCTCN2021071207-appb-000010
And each parameter is defined as follows:
●Resource Element Group(REG):在时域上占用1个符号和在频域上占用1个PRB的资源元素组,则配置的Coreset包含
Figure PCTCN2021071207-appb-000011
Figure PCTCN2021071207-appb-000012
●Resource Element Group (REG): A resource element group that occupies 1 symbol in the time domain and 1 PRB in the frequency domain, and the configured Coreset contains
Figure PCTCN2021071207-appb-000011
Figure PCTCN2021071207-appb-000012
●REG bundle:L个REG的组合●REG bundle: a combination of L REGs
●Control-channel element(CCE):包含M个REG(例如协议固定为6),并按照下述CCE-to-REG mapping规则进行映射。●Control-channel element (CCE): Contains M REGs (for example, the protocol is fixed at 6), and is mapped according to the following CCE-to-REG mapping rules.
CCE-to-REG映射可配置为交织或者非交织形式,并且是以REG bundle的粒度按如下规则进行:CCE-to-REG mapping can be configured as interleaved or non-interleaved, and is performed at the granularity of the REG bundle according to the following rules:
●首先按照先时域从前往后,后频域从低到高的原则对REG进行编号。具体的,从Coreset的最低频域开始,将Coreset中同一频域的REG依次按时域先后顺序进行编号,按照Coreset的频域从低到高的顺序,对Coreset的下一个频域上的REG依次按时域先后顺序进行编号,直到对Coreset的所有REG编号完成。●First, the REG is numbered according to the principle of time domain from front to back, and frequency domain from low to high. Specifically, starting from the lowest frequency domain of Coreset, the REGs in the same frequency domain in Coreset are numbered sequentially in time domain order, and the REGs on the next frequency domain of Coreset are sequentially numbered according to the order of Coreset frequency domain from low to high. Numbering is performed in the order of time domain until all REG numbers of Coreset are completed.
举例说明,如果
Figure PCTCN2021071207-appb-000013
则REG的编号如下图3所示。
For example, if
Figure PCTCN2021071207-appb-000013
The REG number is shown in Figure 3 below.
●第i个REG bundle包含REG{i*L,i*L+1,…,i*L+L-1},i=0,1,…,N Coreset/L-1,其中N Coreset为Coreset配置的REG数目; ●The i-th REG bundle contains REG{i*L,i*L+1,…,i*L+L-1}, i=0,1,…,N Coreset /L-1, where N Coreset is Coreset The number of REGs configured;
举例说明,假设L=2,则第0个REG bundle包含{REG0,REG1},第1个REG bundle包含{REG2,REG3},…For example, assuming L=2, the 0th REG bundle contains {REG0,REG1}, and the 1st REG bundle contains {REG2,REG3},...
●根据配置的不同模式和交织函数得到第j个CCE包含的REG bundle编号,并且假设一个CCE包含的时域REG bundle的大小预定义为1:●According to different configured modes and interleaving functions, the REG bundle number contained in the j-th CCE is obtained, and the size of the time domain REG bundle contained in a CCE is pre-defined as 1:
■当配置为时域非交织和频域非交织模式时■When configured in time domain non-interlaced and frequency domain non-interlaced modes
◆CCE 0->REG bundle{0,6,12}->REG{0,1,12,13,24,25}◆CCE 0->REG bundle{0,6,12}->REG{0,1,12,13,24,25}
◆CCE 1->REG bundle{18,24,30}->REG{36,37,48,49,60,61}◆CCE 1->REG bundle{18,24,30}->REG{36,37,48,49,60,61}
◆CCE 2->REG bundle{1,7,13}->REG{2,3,14,15,26,27}◆CCE 2->REG bundle{1,7,13}->REG{2,3,14,15,26,27}
◆…◆...
■当配置为时域交织(交织大小为3)和频域非交织模式时■When configured in time domain interleaving (interleaving size is 3) and frequency domain non-interleaving mode
◆CCE 0->REG bundle{0,6,12}->REG{0,1,12,13,24,25}◆CCE 0->REG bundle{0,6,12}->REG{0,1,12,13,24,25}
◆CCE 1->REG bundle{18,24,30}->REG{36,37,48,49,60,61}◆CCE 1->REG bundle{18,24,30}->REG{36,37,48,49,60,61}
◆CCE 2->REG bundle{2,8,14}->REG{4,5,14,15,26,27}◆CCE 2->REG bundle{2,8,14}->REG{4,5,14,15,26,27}
◆…◆...
图4是应用于网络设备的物理下行控制信道的确定方法,相应地,本发明提供了应用于用户设备的物理下行控制信道的确定方法的一个实施例。应用于用户设备的物理下行控制信道的确定方法包括:Fig. 4 is a method for determining a physical downlink control channel applied to a network device. Correspondingly, the present invention provides an embodiment of a method for determining a physical downlink control channel applied to a user equipment. The method for determining the physical downlink control channel applied to the user equipment includes:
用户设备对Coreset的REG进行编号;The user equipment numbers the Coreset REG;
用户设备根据Coreset的REG的编号,配置或者预定义的REG束大小L,将Coreset的REG进行组合,形成Coreset的多个REG束,一个REG束包括L个REG;REG束大小L可以通过时域和/或频域分别配置;The user equipment combines Coreset REGs according to the number of Coreset REGs, configuration or predefined REG bundle size L, to form multiple REG bundles of Coreset, one REG bundle includes L REGs; REG bundle size L can pass the time domain And/or frequency domain respectively;
用户设备对Coreset的多个REG束进行编号,其中,一个REG束具有一个编号。其中,用户设备可以按照先频域后时域,或者先时域后频域方式对REG束进行统一编号;The user equipment numbers multiple REG bundles of Coreset, where one REG bundle has one number. Among them, the user equipment can uniformly number the REG bundles in a frequency domain followed by a time domain, or a time domain followed by a frequency domain;
用户设备根据第一预配置模式的映射规则,Coreset的REG束的编号以及配置或者预定义的CCE大小,对Coreset的REG束进行CCE到REG的映射,得到Coreset的至少一个CCE。第一预配置模式的映射规则可以包括交织函数(或映射函数)以及除交织函数(或映射函数)外的预定义规则。其中,第一预配置模式为以下一项:统一交织模式,统一非交织模式,时域交织模式和频域非交织模式,时域非交织模式和频域非交织模式,时域交织模式和频域交织模式,时域非交织模式和频域交织模式;The user equipment performs CCE to REG mapping on the Coreset REG bundle according to the mapping rule of the first pre-configuration mode, the number of the Coreset REG bundle and the configuration or the predefined CCE size, to obtain at least one CCE of the Coreset. The mapping rule of the first pre-configured mode may include an interleaving function (or mapping function) and predefined rules other than the interleaving function (or mapping function). Among them, the first pre-configured mode is one of the following: unified interleaving mode, unified non-interleaving mode, time-domain interleaving mode and frequency-domain non-interleaving mode, time-domain non-interleaving mode and frequency-domain non-interleaving mode, time-domain interleaving mode and frequency Domain interleaving mode, time domain non-interleaving mode and frequency domain interleaving mode;
用户设备根据Coreset的至少一个CCE,确定候选PDCCH。由此,用户设备可以监听所确定的候选PDCCH,以接收其中一个候选PDCCH承载的DCI。The user equipment determines the candidate PDCCH according to at least one CCE of the Coreset. Thus, the user equipment can monitor the determined candidate PDCCH to receive the DCI carried by one of the candidate PDCCHs.
由于本实施例中应用于用户设备的物理下行控制信道的确定方法与应用于网络设备的物理下行控制信道的确定方法类似,而且在本实施例中已经详细说明了应用于网络设备的物理下行控制信道的确定方法。因此,在此不再重复赘述应用于用户设备的物理下行控制信道的确定方法的相关内容。Since the method for determining the physical downlink control channel applied to the user equipment in this embodiment is similar to the method for determining the physical downlink control channel applied to the network device, and the physical downlink control applied to the network device has been described in detail in this embodiment. How to determine the channel. Therefore, the relevant content of the method for determining the physical downlink control channel applied to the user equipment will not be repeated here.
图5示出了本发明提供的物理下行控制信道的确定方法的又一个实施 例的流程示意图。如图5所示,物理下行控制信道的确定方法包括:Fig. 5 shows a schematic flowchart of another embodiment of a method for determining a physical downlink control channel provided by the present invention. As shown in Figure 5, the method for determining the physical downlink control channel includes:
步骤401,网络设备对Coreset的REG进行编号。作为一个示例,网络设备可以对Coreset内的REG按照时域优先,频域从低到高的原则对进行编号;Step 401: The network device numbers the REG of Coreset. As an example, the network device can number the REGs in the Coreset according to the principle of time domain first and frequency domain from low to high;
步骤402,网络设备根据Coreset的REG的编号,配置或者预定义的REG束大小L,将Coreset的REG进行组合,形成Coreset的多个REG束,一个REG束包括L个REG;REG束大小L可以通过时域和/或频域分别配置;In step 402, the network device combines Coreset REGs according to the number of Coreset REGs, configuration or predefined REG bundle size L, to form multiple REG bundles of Coreset, one REG bundle includes L REGs; the REG bundle size L can be Configured separately through time domain and/or frequency domain;
步骤403,网络设备对Coreset的多个REG束进行时域编号和频域编号,其中,一个REG束具有一个时域编号和一个频域编号;Step 403: The network device performs time domain numbering and frequency domain numbering on multiple REG bundles of Coreset, where one REG bundle has a time domain number and a frequency domain number;
步骤404,网络设备根据第二预配置模式的映射规则,第三预配置模式的映射规则,Coreset的REG束的时域编号与频域编号,以及配置或者预定义的CCE大小,对Coreset的REG束进行CCE到REG的映射,得到Coreset的至少一个CCE。其中,第二预配置模式为时域交织模式或时域非交织模式,第三预配置模式为频域交织模式或频域非交织模式;In step 404, the network device compares the Coreset REG bundle according to the mapping rule of the second pre-configuration mode, the mapping rule of the third pre-configuration mode, the time domain number and the frequency domain number of the REG bundle of Coreset, and the configured or predefined CCE size. The bundle performs CCE to REG mapping to obtain at least one CCE of Coreset. Wherein, the second pre-configuration mode is a time-domain interleaving mode or a time-domain non-interleaving mode, and the third pre-configuration mode is a frequency-domain interleaving mode or a frequency-domain non-interleaving mode;
步骤405,网络设备根据Coreset的至少一个CCE,确定候选PDCCH。由此,网络设备利用其中一个候选PDCCH承载DCI,并发送DCI。Step 405: The network device determines a candidate PDCCH according to at least one CCE of Coreset. Therefore, the network device uses one of the candidate PDCCHs to carry the DCI and sends the DCI.
由此可见,本发明实施例考虑Coreset内的TDM的REG束进行CCE到REG的映射。在本发明实施例中,对REG束分别进行时域编号和频域编号,并分别进行时域交织和频域交织配置。分别按照时域交织(或者映射)函数/预定义规则和频域交织(或者映射)函数/预定义规则将每个CCE包含的REG束和REG束的时域编号和频域编号进行映射,配置为时域非交织模式和时域交织模式的时域交织(或者映射)函数/预定义规则不同,配置为频域非交织模式和频域交织模式的频域交织(或者映射)函数/预定义规则不同。It can be seen that the embodiment of the present invention considers the TDM REG bundle in the Coreset to perform CCE to REG mapping. In the embodiment of the present invention, the time domain number and the frequency domain number are respectively performed on the REG bundle, and the time domain interleaving and the frequency domain interleaving configuration are respectively performed. According to the time domain interleaving (or mapping) function/predefined rule and frequency domain interleaving (or mapping) function/predefined rule, each CCE contains the REG bundle and the time domain number and frequency domain number of the REG bundle are mapped and configured The time-domain interleaving (or mapping) function/predefined rules for the time-domain non-interleaving mode and the time-domain interleaving mode are different, and the frequency-domain interleaving (or mapping) function/predefined for the frequency-domain non-interleaving mode and the frequency-domain interleaving mode are configured The rules are different.
■时域或频域交织(或者映射)函数/预定义规则与以下一个或者多个因素相关:■Time domain or frequency domain interleaving (or mapping) functions/predefined rules are related to one or more of the following factors:
●TDM的REG bundle个数●The number of REG bundles of TDM
●配置或者预定义的时域交织大小●Configuration or predefined time domain interleaving size
●配置或者预定义的频域交织大小●Configurable or pre-defined frequency domain interleaving size
●配置或者预定义的每个CCE时域包含的REG bundle个数●Configured or predefined number of REG bundles included in each CCE time domain
●配置或者预定义的每个CCE频域包含的REG bundle个数●Configured or pre-defined number of REG bundles included in each CCE frequency domain
在本发明的一个或多个实施例中,在步骤405中,考虑TDM的CCE进行PDCCH-to-CCE mapping。比如,将包含多个CCE的CCE组合进行PDCCH-to-CCE group mapping。In one or more embodiments of the present invention, in step 405, the CCE of TDM is considered for PDCCH-to-CCE mapping. For example, PDCCH-to-CCE group mapping is performed on a combination of CCEs containing multiple CCEs.
下面通过一个具体的例子对图5示出的物理下行控制信道的确定方法进行进一步地说明。The method for determining the physical downlink control channel shown in FIG. 5 is further explained by using a specific example below.
Coreset持续的时域长度(以符号为单位)配置为
Figure PCTCN2021071207-appb-000014
其中,
Figure PCTCN2021071207-appb-000015
可以配置为6或12。Coreset的频域宽度(以PRB为单位)配置为
Figure PCTCN2021071207-appb-000016
并且各参数按照如下定义:
The time domain length (in symbols) that Coreset lasts is configured as
Figure PCTCN2021071207-appb-000014
in,
Figure PCTCN2021071207-appb-000015
Can be configured as 6 or 12. Coreset's frequency domain width (in PRB unit) is configured as
Figure PCTCN2021071207-appb-000016
And each parameter is defined as follows:
●Resource Element Group(REG):在时域上占用1个符号和在频域上占用1个PRB的资源元素组,则配置的Coreset包含
Figure PCTCN2021071207-appb-000017
Figure PCTCN2021071207-appb-000018
●Resource Element Group (REG): A resource element group that occupies 1 symbol in the time domain and 1 PRB in the frequency domain, and the configured Coreset contains
Figure PCTCN2021071207-appb-000017
Figure PCTCN2021071207-appb-000018
●REG bundle:L个REG的组合●REG bundle: a combination of L REGs
●Control-channel element(CCE):包含M个REG(例如协议固定为6),并按照下述CCE-to-REG mapping规则进行映射。●Control-channel element (CCE): Contains M REGs (for example, the protocol is fixed at 6), and is mapped according to the following CCE-to-REG mapping rules.
CCE-to-REG映射可配置为交织或者非交织形式,并且是以REG bundle的粒度按如下规则进行:CCE-to-REG mapping can be configured as interleaved or non-interleaved, and is performed at the granularity of the REG bundle according to the following rules:
●首先按照先时域从前往后,后频域从低到高的原则对REG进行编号。具体地,从Coreset的最低频域开始,将Coreset中同一频域的REG依次按时域先后顺序进行编号,按照Coreset的频域从低到高的顺序,对Coreset的下一个频域上的REG依次按时域先后顺序进行编号,直到对Coreset的所有REG编号完成。●First, the REG is numbered according to the principle of time domain from front to back, and frequency domain from low to high. Specifically, starting from the lowest frequency domain of Coreset, the REGs in the same frequency domain in Coreset are numbered sequentially in time domain order, and the REGs on the next frequency domain of Coreset are sequentially numbered according to the order of Coreset frequency domain from low to high. Numbering is performed in the order of time domain until all REG numbers of Coreset are completed.
举例说明,如果
Figure PCTCN2021071207-appb-000019
则REG的编号如下图2所示。
For example, if
Figure PCTCN2021071207-appb-000019
Then the REG number is shown in Figure 2 below.
●第(i t,i f)个REG bundle包含
Figure PCTCN2021071207-appb-000020
Figure PCTCN2021071207-appb-000021
Figure PCTCN2021071207-appb-000022
其中N Coreset为Coreset配置的REG数目,i t为REG  bundle的时域编号,i f为REG bundle的频域编号;
● of (i t, i f) th REG bundle comprising
Figure PCTCN2021071207-appb-000020
Figure PCTCN2021071207-appb-000021
Figure PCTCN2021071207-appb-000022
Wherein the number REG N Coreset configured for Coreset, i t REG bundle when the domain ID, i f is the frequency domain REG bundle number;
举例说明,假设L=2,则第(0,0)个REG bundle包含{REG0,REG1},第(1,0)个REG bundle包含{REG2,REG3},…For example, assuming L=2, the (0,0)th REG bundle contains {REG0,REG1}, and the (1,0)th REG bundle contains {REG2,REG3},...
●根据配置的不同模式和交织函数得到第j个CCE包含的REG bundle时域编号和频域编号,并且假设一个CCE包含的时域REG bundle的大小预定义为3:●According to different configured modes and interleaving functions, the time domain number and frequency domain number of the REG bundle included in the j-th CCE are obtained, and the size of the time domain REG bundle included in a CCE is pre-defined as 3:
■当配置为时域非交织模式时■When configured as time domain non-interleaved mode
◆CCE 0->REG bundle时域编号{0,1,2}◆CCE 0->REG bundle time domain number {0,1,2}
◆CCE 1->REG bundle时域编号{3,4,5}◆CCE 1->REG bundle time domain number {3,4,5}
◆CCE 2->REG bundle时域编号{0,1,2}◆CCE 2->REG bundle time domain number {0,1,2}
◆…◆...
■当配置为时域交织(交织大小为3)模式时■When configured as time domain interleaving (interleaving size is 3) mode
◆CCE 0->REG bundle{0,2,4}◆CCE 0->REG bundle{0,2,4}
◆CCE 1->REG bundle{1,3,5}◆CCE 1->REG bundle{1,3,5}
◆CCE 2->REG bundle{0,2,4}◆CCE2->REGbundle{0,2,4}
◆…◆...
图5是应用于网络设备的物理下行控制信道的确定方法,相应地,本发明提供了一个实施例的应用于用户设备的物理下行控制信道的确定方法。应用于用户设备的物理下行控制信道的确定方法包括:Fig. 5 is a method for determining a physical downlink control channel applied to a network device. Correspondingly, the present invention provides an embodiment of a method for determining a physical downlink control channel applied to a user equipment. The method for determining the physical downlink control channel applied to the user equipment includes:
用户设备对Coreset的REG进行编号。其中,用户设备可以对Coreset内的REG按照时域优先,频域从低到高的原则对进行编号;The user equipment numbers the Coreset REG. Among them, the user equipment can number the REGs in the Coreset according to the principle of time domain first and frequency domain from low to high;
用户设备根据Coreset的REG的编号,配置或者预定义的REG束大小L,将Coreset的REG进行组合,形成Coreset的多个REG束,一个REG束包括L个REG;REG束大小L可以通过时域和/或频域分别配置;The user equipment combines Coreset REGs according to the number of Coreset REGs, configuration or predefined REG bundle size L, to form multiple REG bundles of Coreset, one REG bundle includes L REGs; REG bundle size L can pass the time domain And/or frequency domain respectively;
用户设备对Coreset的多个REG束进行时域编号和频域编号,其中,一个REG束具有一个时域编号和一个频域编号;The user equipment performs time domain numbering and frequency domain numbering on multiple REG bundles of Coreset, where one REG bundle has a time domain number and a frequency domain number;
用户设备根据第二预配置模式的映射规则,第三预配置模式的映射规则,Coreset的REG束的时域编号与频域编号,以及配置或者预定义的CCE大小,对Coreset的REG束进行CCE到REG的映射,得到Coreset的 至少一个CCE。其中,第二预配置模式为时域交织模式或时域非交织模式,第三预配置模式为频域交织模式或频域非交织模式;The user equipment performs CCE on the Coreset REG bundle according to the mapping rule of the second pre-configuration mode, the mapping rule of the third pre-configuration mode, the time domain number and frequency domain number of the Coreset REG bundle, and the configured or predefined CCE size Mapping to REG, obtains at least one CCE of Coreset. Wherein, the second pre-configuration mode is a time-domain interleaving mode or a time-domain non-interleaving mode, and the third pre-configuration mode is a frequency-domain interleaving mode or a frequency-domain non-interleaving mode;
用户设备根据Coreset的至少一个CCE,确定候选PDCCH。由此,用户设备可以监听所确定的候选PDCCH,以接收其中一个候选PDCCH承载的DCI。The user equipment determines the candidate PDCCH according to at least one CCE of the Coreset. Thus, the user equipment can monitor the determined candidate PDCCH to receive the DCI carried by one of the candidate PDCCHs.
由于本实施例中应用于用户设备的物理下行控制信道的确定方法与应用于网络设备的物理下行控制信道的确定方法类似,而且在本实施例中已经详细说明了应用于网络设备的物理下行控制信道的确定方法。因此,在此不再重复赘述应用于用户设备的物理下行控制信道的确定方法的相关内容。Since the method for determining the physical downlink control channel applied to the user equipment in this embodiment is similar to the method for determining the physical downlink control channel applied to the network device, and the physical downlink control applied to the network device has been described in detail in this embodiment. How to determine the channel. Therefore, the relevant content of the method for determining the physical downlink control channel applied to the user equipment will not be repeated here.
图6示出了本发明提供的物理下行控制信道的确定方法的再一个实施例的流程示意图。如图6所示,物理下行控制信道的确定方法包括:FIG. 6 shows a schematic flowchart of another embodiment of a method for determining a physical downlink control channel provided by the present invention. As shown in Figure 6, the method for determining the physical downlink control channel includes:
步骤501,网络设备对Coreset的REG进行编号;比如,网络设备对Coreset内的REG按照时域优先,频域从低到高的原则对进行编号; Step 501, the network device numbers the REGs of the Coreset; for example, the network device numbers the REGs in the Coreset according to the principle of time domain first and frequency domain from low to high;
步骤502,网络设备根据Coreset的符号个数,确定REG束大小和/或CCE大小;Step 502: The network device determines the REG bundle size and/or CCE size according to the number of Coreset symbols;
步骤503,网络设备根据Coreset的REG的编号和REG束大小,将Coreset的REG进行组合,形成多个REG束;Step 503: The network device combines the REG of the Coreset according to the number of the REG of the Coreset and the size of the REG bundle to form multiple REG bundles;
其中,在步骤502中确定REG束大小的情况下,REG束大小是步骤502中确定得到。在步骤502中没有确定REG束大小的情况下,REG束大小可以是预定义或配置的;Wherein, in the case that the REG bundle size is determined in step 502, the REG bundle size is determined in step 502. In the case that the REG bundle size is not determined in step 502, the REG bundle size may be predefined or configured;
步骤504,网络设备对Coreset的多个REG束进行编号;Step 504: The network device numbers multiple REG bundles of Coreset;
步骤505,网络设备根据Coreset的多个REG束的编号和CCE大小,对Coreset的多个REG束进行CCE到REG的映射,得到Coreset的至少一个CCE;其中,在步骤502中确定CCE大小的情况下,CCE大小是步骤502中确定得到。在步骤502中没有确定CCE大小的情况下,CCE大小可以是预定义或配置的; Step 505, the network device performs CCE to REG mapping on the multiple REG bundles of Coreset according to the number of multiple REG bundles of Coreset and the size of CCE to obtain at least one CCE of Coreset; wherein, the situation of determining the size of CCE in step 502 Next, the CCE size is determined in step 502. In the case that the CCE size is not determined in step 502, the CCE size may be predefined or configured;
步骤506,网络设备根据Coreset的至少一个CCE确定候选PDCCH。 由此,网络设备利用其中一个候选PDCCH承载DCI,并发送DCI。Step 506: The network device determines a candidate PDCCH according to at least one CCE of Coreset. Therefore, the network device uses one of the candidate PDCCHs to carry the DCI and sends the DCI.
在本发明的一个或多个实施例中,在步骤506中,考虑TDM的CCE进行PDCCH-to-CCE mapping。比如,将包含多个CCE的CCE组合进行PDCCH-to-CCE group mapping。In one or more embodiments of the present invention, in step 506, the CCE of TDM is considered for PDCCH-to-CCE mapping. For example, PDCCH-to-CCE group mapping is performed on a combination of CCEs containing multiple CCEs.
下面通过一个具体的例子对图6示出的物理下行控制信道的确定方法进行进一步地说明。The method for determining the physical downlink control channel shown in FIG. 6 is further explained by using a specific example below.
Coreset持续的时域长度(以符号为单位)配置为
Figure PCTCN2021071207-appb-000023
(可配置为1,2,3,6,12),频域宽度(以PRB为单位)配置为
Figure PCTCN2021071207-appb-000024
The time domain length (in symbols) that Coreset lasts is configured as
Figure PCTCN2021071207-appb-000023
(It can be configured as 1, 2, 3, 6, 12), the frequency domain width (in PRB as a unit) is configured as
Figure PCTCN2021071207-appb-000024
当配置为非交织模式时,When configured in non-interleaved mode,
●当
Figure PCTCN2021071207-appb-000025
时,REG bundle大小为6,CCE大小为6;
●When
Figure PCTCN2021071207-appb-000025
REG bundle size is 6 and CCE size is 6;
●当
Figure PCTCN2021071207-appb-000026
时,REG bundle大小为12,CCE大小为12;
●When
Figure PCTCN2021071207-appb-000026
When the REG bundle size is 12, the CCE size is 12;
当配置为交织模式时,When configured as interleaving mode,
●当
Figure PCTCN2021071207-appb-000027
时,REG bundle大小可配置为2或6,CCE大小为6;●当
Figure PCTCN2021071207-appb-000028
或者3或者6时,REG bundle大小可配置为
Figure PCTCN2021071207-appb-000029
或6,CCE大小为6;
●When
Figure PCTCN2021071207-appb-000027
REG bundle size can be configured to 2 or 6, CCE size is 6; ●When
Figure PCTCN2021071207-appb-000028
Or 3 or 6, the REG bundle size can be configured as
Figure PCTCN2021071207-appb-000029
Or 6, the CCE size is 6;
●当
Figure PCTCN2021071207-appb-000030
时,REG bundle大小可配置为12,CCE大小为12。
●When
Figure PCTCN2021071207-appb-000030
At this time, the REG bundle size can be configured to 12, and the CCE size is 12.
图6是应用于网络设备的物理下行控制信道的确定方法,相应地,本发明提供了一个实施例的应用于用户设备的物理下行控制信道的确定方法。应用于用户设备的物理下行控制信道的确定方法包括:Fig. 6 is a method for determining a physical downlink control channel applied to a network device. Correspondingly, the present invention provides an embodiment of a method for determining a physical downlink control channel applied to a user equipment. The method for determining the physical downlink control channel applied to the user equipment includes:
用户设备对Coreset的REG进行编号。比如,网络设备对Coreset内的REG按照时域优先,频域从低到高的原则对进行编号;The user equipment numbers the Coreset REG. For example, the network device numbers the REGs in the Coreset according to the principle of time domain first and frequency domain from low to high;
用户设备根据Coreset的符号个数,确定REG束大小和/或CCE大小;The user equipment determines the REG bundle size and/or CCE size according to the number of Coreset symbols;
用户设备根据Coreset的REG的编号和REG束大小,将Coreset的REG进行组合,形成多个REG束。其中,在确定REG束大小的情况下,REG束大小是用户设备确定得到。在没有确定REG束大小的情况下,REG束大小可以是预定义或配置的;The user equipment combines the REG of the Coreset according to the number of the REG of the Coreset and the size of the REG bundle to form multiple REG bundles. Wherein, in the case of determining the REG bundle size, the REG bundle size is determined by the user equipment. In the case that the REG bundle size is not determined, the REG bundle size can be predefined or configured;
用户设备对Coreset的多个REG束进行编号;The user equipment numbers multiple REG bundles of Coreset;
用户设备根据Coreset的多个REG束的编号和CCE大小,对Coreset的多个REG束进行CCE到REG的映射,得到Coreset的至少一个CCE。 其中,在确定CCE大小的情况下,CCE大小是确定得到。在没有确定CCE大小的情况下,CCE大小可以是预定义或配置的;The user equipment performs CCE to REG mapping on the multiple REG bundles of the Coreset according to the number of the multiple REG bundles of the Coreset and the CCE size to obtain at least one CCE of the Coreset. Among them, in the case of determining the size of the CCE, the size of the CCE is determined. In the case that the size of the CCE is not determined, the size of the CCE can be predefined or configured;
用户设备根据Coreset的至少一个CCE确定候选PDCCH。由此,用户设备可以监听所确定的候选PDCCH,以接收其中一个候选PDCCH承载的DCI。The user equipment determines the candidate PDCCH according to at least one CCE of the Coreset. Thus, the user equipment can monitor the determined candidate PDCCH to receive the DCI carried by one of the candidate PDCCHs.
由于本实施例中应用于用户设备的物理下行控制信道的确定方法与应用于网络设备的物理下行控制信道的确定方法类似,而且在本实施例中已经详细说明了应用于网络设备的物理下行控制信道的确定方法。因此,在此不再重复赘述应用于用户设备的物理下行控制信道的确定方法的相关内容。Since the method for determining the physical downlink control channel applied to the user equipment in this embodiment is similar to the method for determining the physical downlink control channel applied to the network device, and the physical downlink control applied to the network device has been described in detail in this embodiment. How to determine the channel. Therefore, the relevant content of the method for determining the physical downlink control channel applied to the user equipment will not be repeated here.
图7示出了本发明提供的物理下行控制信道的确定方法的再一个实施例的流程示意图。如图7所示,物理下行控制信道的确定方法包括:Fig. 7 shows a schematic flowchart of another embodiment of a method for determining a physical downlink control channel provided by the present invention. As shown in Figure 7, the method for determining the physical downlink control channel includes:
步骤601,网络设备将Coreset分成多个Sub-coreset。Coreset可以为上述中的第二控制资源集,Sub-coreset可以为上述中的第一控制资源集;其中,可以预定义或者配置一个Sub-coreset的符号数。Sub-coreset的符号数可以与Coreset的符号个数相关;可以预定义或者配置Sub-coreset总数量。Sub-coreset总数量可以与Coreset的符号个数相关;Step 601: The network device divides the Coreset into multiple Sub-coresets. The coreset may be the second control resource set mentioned above, and the sub-coreset may be the first control resource set mentioned above; wherein, the number of symbols of one sub-coreset may be predefined or configured. The number of sub-coreset symbols can be related to the number of coreset symbols; the total number of sub-coresets can be predefined or configured. The total number of sub-coresets can be related to the number of coreset symbols;
步骤602,网络设备对多个Sub-coreset的REG进行编号;作为一个示例,可以对每个Sub-coreset内的REG按照时域优先,频域从低到高的原则进行编号。具体地,对于Sub-coreset 0至Sub-coreset 5,对Sub-coreset 0内的REG按照时域优先,频域从低到高的原则进行编号,并将Sub-coreset 0的10个REG编号为REG0至REG9。同理,将Sub-coreset 1的10个REG编号为REG0至REG9,…,将Sub-coreset 5的10个REG编号为REG0至REG9;Step 602: The network device numbers the REGs of multiple Sub-coresets; as an example, the REGs in each Sub-coreset may be numbered according to the principle of time domain first and frequency domain from low to high. Specifically, for Sub-coreset 0 to Sub-coreset 5, the REGs in Sub-coreset 0 are numbered according to the principle of time domain first and frequency domain from low to high, and the 10 REGs of Sub-coreset 0 are numbered as REG0 to REG9. Similarly, the 10 REGs of Sub-coreset 1 are numbered REG0 to REG9,..., and the 10 REGs of Sub-coreset 5 are numbered REG0 to REG9;
步骤603,网络设备对于每个Sub-coreset分别执行:根据Sub-coreset的REG的编号和REG束大小,将Sub-coreset的REG进行组合,形成Sub-coreset的多个REG束;Step 603: The network device executes for each Sub-coreset separately: according to the number of the REG of the Sub-coreset and the size of the REG bundle, combine the REGs of the Sub-coreset to form multiple REG bundles of the Sub-coreset;
步骤604,网络设备对多个Sub-coreset的REG束进行编号。Step 604: The network device numbers the REG bundles of multiple Sub-coresets.
作为一个示例,可以对每个Sub-coreset内的REG按照时域优先,频域从低到高的原则进行编号。或者,对每个Sub-coreset内的REG按照频域优先,时域从低到高的原则进行编号。As an example, the REGs in each Sub-coreset may be numbered according to the principle of time domain first and frequency domain from low to high. Or, the REGs in each Sub-coreset are numbered according to the principle of frequency domain first and time domain from low to high.
比如,对于Sub-coreset 0至Sub-coreset 5,对Sub-coreset 0内的5个REG束按照时域优先,频域从低到高的原则进行编号,并将Sub-coreset 0的5个REG束编号为REG0至REG4。同理,将Sub-coreset 1的5个REG束编号为REG0至REG4,…,将Sub-coreset 5的5个REG束编号为REG0至REG4。For example, for Sub-coreset 0 to Sub-coreset 5, the 5 REG bundles in Sub-coreset 0 are numbered according to the principle of time domain first and frequency domain from low to high, and the 5 REG bundles of Sub-coreset 0 The bundle numbers are REG0 to REG4. Similarly, the 5 REG bundles of Sub-coreset 1 are numbered REG0 to REG4,..., and the 5 REG bundles of Sub-coreset 5 are numbered REG0 to REG4.
物理下行控制信道的确定方法还可以包括:The method for determining the physical downlink control channel may further include:
步骤605,网络设备对于每个Sub-coreset,根据Sub-coreset的REG束的编号和CCE大小,对Sub-coreset的REG束进行CCE到REG的映射,得到Sub-coreset的至少一个CCE。即根据上述REG束在每个sub-coreset内进行CCE-to-REG mapping;Step 605: For each Sub-coreset, the network device performs CCE to REG mapping on the REG bundle of the Sub-coreset according to the number of the REG bundle of the Sub-coreset and the CCE size to obtain at least one CCE of the Sub-coreset. That is, CCE-to-REG mapping is performed in each sub-coreset according to the above-mentioned REG bundle;
步骤606,网络设备按照多个Sub-coreset的顺序,对多个Sub-coreset的CCE进行统一编号。步骤606是按照sub-coreset优先的原则进行编号;Step 606: The network device uniformly numbers the CCEs of the multiple Sub-coresets according to the order of the multiple Sub-coresets. Step 606 is to perform numbering according to the principle of sub-coreset priority;
步骤607,网络设备根据多个Sub-coreset的CCE的编号,确定候选PDCCH。由此,网络设备利用其中一个候选PDCCH承载DCI,并发送DCI。Step 607: The network device determines the candidate PDCCH according to the numbers of the CCEs of the multiple Sub-coresets. Therefore, the network device uses one of the candidate PDCCHs to carry the DCI and sends the DCI.
在本发明的一个或多个实施例中,在步骤607中,考虑TDM的CCE进行PDCCH-to-CCE mapping。比如,将包含多个CCE的CCE组合进行PDCCH-to-CCE group mapping。In one or more embodiments of the present invention, in step 607, the CCE of TDM is considered for PDCCH-to-CCE mapping. For example, PDCCH-to-CCE group mapping is performed on a combination of CCEs containing multiple CCEs.
下面通过一个具体的例子对图7示出的物理下行控制信道的确定方法进行进一步地说明。The method for determining the physical downlink control channel shown in FIG. 7 is further described by using a specific example.
Coreset持续的时域长度(以符号为单位)配置为
Figure PCTCN2021071207-appb-000031
其中,
Figure PCTCN2021071207-appb-000032
可以配置为6或12。Coreset的频域宽度(以PRB为单位)配置为
Figure PCTCN2021071207-appb-000033
同时配置sub-coreset的符号长度为2,则对于配置为符号个数为12的Coreset共包括6个Sub-coreset。对于每个Sub-coreset,按照传统(legacy)方式进行CCE-to-REG映射,具体如下:
The time domain length (in symbols) that Coreset lasts is configured as
Figure PCTCN2021071207-appb-000031
in,
Figure PCTCN2021071207-appb-000032
Can be configured as 6 or 12. Coreset's frequency domain width (in PRB unit) is configured as
Figure PCTCN2021071207-appb-000033
At the same time, the symbol length for configuring the sub-coreset is 2, so for the Coreset configured with the number of symbols of 12, a total of 6 sub-coresets are included. For each Sub-coreset, CCE-to-REG mapping is performed in the traditional (legacy) way, as follows:
●首先按照先时域从前往后,后频域从低到高的原则对REG进行编 号。在对6个Sub-coreset的REG进行编号之后,对每个Sub-coreset的REG进行组合,得到每个Sub-coreset的REG bundle;●First, number the REGs according to the principle of time domain from front to back, and frequency domain from low to high. After numbering the REGs of the 6 Sub-coresets, combine the REGs of each Sub-coreset to obtain the REG bundle of each Sub-coreset;
●第i个REG bundle包含REG{i*L,i*L+1,…,i*L+L-1},i=0,1,…,NCoreset,其中NCoreset为Coreset配置的REG数目;●The i-th REG bundle contains REG{i*L,i*L+1,...,i*L+L-1}, i=0,1,...,NCoreset, where NCoreset is the number of REGs configured by Coreset;
●对于CCE j,它包含REG bundle{f(6j/L),f(6j/L+1),...,f(6j/L+6/L-1)}●For CCE j, it contains REG bundle{f(6j/L),f(6j/L+1),...,f(6j/L+6/L-1)}
■对于非交织的CCE-to-REG mapping,L=6并且f(x)=x;■For non-interleaved CCE-to-REG mapping, L=6 and f(x)=x;
■对于交织的CCE-to-REG mapping,L∈{2,6}for
Figure PCTCN2021071207-appb-000034
Figure PCTCN2021071207-appb-000035
for
Figure PCTCN2021071207-appb-000036
并且交织函数为:
■For interleaved CCE-to-REG mapping, L∈{2,6}for
Figure PCTCN2021071207-appb-000034
Figure PCTCN2021071207-appb-000035
for
Figure PCTCN2021071207-appb-000036
And the interleaving function is:
Figure PCTCN2021071207-appb-000037
Figure PCTCN2021071207-appb-000037
x=cR+rr=0,1,…,R-1x=cR+rr=0,1,...,R-1
c=0,1,…,C-1c=0,1,...,C-1
Figure PCTCN2021071207-appb-000038
Figure PCTCN2021071207-appb-000038
其中,R为交织大小,R可配置为2,3或者6,并且N Coreset/(L*R)为整数;n shift∈{0,1,…,274}可通过高层参数shiftIndex进行配置,否则
Figure PCTCN2021071207-appb-000039
Among them, R is the interleaving size, R can be configured as 2, 3 or 6, and N Coreset /(L*R) is an integer; n shift ∈ {0,1,...,274} can be configured through the high-level parameter shiftIndex, otherwise
Figure PCTCN2021071207-appb-000039
通过以上步骤得到每个CCE的映射并且在每个Sub-coreset都有对应的CCE编号,即每个CCE可以通过Sub-coreset编号s和Sub-coreset内的CCE编号c得到,最后按照6个Sub-coreset的顺序,对6个Sub-coreset的CCE进行编号,即对应与(s,c)的CCE编号为j=c*N s+s,其中N s为sub-coreset的个数。 Through the above steps, the mapping of each CCE is obtained and each Sub-coreset has a corresponding CCE number, that is, each CCE can be obtained by the Sub-coreset number s and the CCE number c in the Sub-coreset, and finally according to 6 Sub-coreset -The order of coreset, numbering the CCEs of the 6 Sub-coresets, that is, the CCE number corresponding to (s, c) is j=c*N s +s, where N s is the number of sub-coresets.
举例说明,假设有6个Sub-coreset,每个Sub-coreset有8个CCE,总共48个CCE。那么:For example, suppose there are 6 Sub-coresets, and each Sub-coreset has 8 CCEs, for a total of 48 CCEs. So:
■Sub-CORESET 0对应CCE{0,6,12,18,24,30,36,42}■Sub-CORESET 0 corresponds to CCE{0, 6, 12, 18, 24, 30, 36, 42}
■Sub-CORESET 1对应CCE{1,7,13,19,25,31,37,43}■Sub-CORESET 1 corresponds to CCE{1, 7, 13, 19, 25, 31, 37, 43}
■Sub-CORESET 2对应CCE{2,8,14,20,26,32,38,44}■Sub-CORESET 2 corresponds to CCE{2, 8, 14, 20, 26, 32, 38, 44}
■…■...
■Sub-CORESET 5对应CCE{5,11,17,23,29,35,41,47}■Sub-CORESET 5 corresponds to CCE{5,11,17,23,29,35,41,47}
在一个Sub-coreset内的CCEs按照legacy的CCE-REG mapping方式以及Rel-15的REG-Bundling的定义配置。The CCEs in a Sub-coreset are configured according to the legacy CCE-REG mapping method and the Rel-15 REG-Bundling definition.
图7是应用于网络设备的物理下行控制信道的确定方法,相应地,本发明提供了一个实施例的应用于用户设备的物理下行控制信道的确定方法。应用于用户设备的物理下行控制信道的确定方法包括:Fig. 7 is a method for determining a physical downlink control channel applied to a network device. Accordingly, the present invention provides an embodiment of a method for determining a physical downlink control channel applied to a user equipment. The method for determining the physical downlink control channel applied to the user equipment includes:
用户设备将Coreset分成多个Sub-coreset;User equipment divides Coreset into multiple Sub-coresets;
用户设备对多个Sub-coreset的REG进行编号。可选地,可以对每个Sub-coreset内的REG按照时域优先,频域从低到高的原则进行编号;The user equipment numbers the REGs of multiple Sub-coresets. Optionally, the REGs in each Sub-coreset may be numbered according to the principle of time domain first and frequency domain from low to high;
用户设备对于每个Sub-coreset分别执行:根据Sub-coreset的REG的编号和REG束大小,将Sub-coreset的REG进行组合,形成Sub-coreset的多个REG束;The user equipment separately executes for each Sub-coreset: according to the number of the REG of the Sub-coreset and the size of the REG bundle, combine the REGs of the Sub-coreset to form multiple REG bundles of the Sub-coreset;
用户设备对多个Sub-coreset的REG束进行编号。作为一个示例,可以对每个Sub-coreset内的REG按照时域优先,频域从低到高的原则进行编号。或者,对每个Sub-coreset内的REG按照频域优先,时域从低到高的原则进行编号;The user equipment numbers the REG bundles of multiple Sub-coresets. As an example, the REGs in each Sub-coreset may be numbered according to the principle of time domain first and frequency domain from low to high. Or, the REGs in each Sub-coreset are numbered according to the principle of frequency domain first and time domain from low to high;
用户设备对于每个Sub-coreset,根据Sub-coreset的REG束的编号和CCE大小,对Sub-coreset的REG束进行CCE到REG的映射,得到Sub-coreset的至少一个CCE。即根据上述REG束在每个sub-coreset内进行CCE-to-REG mapping;For each Sub-coreset, the user equipment performs CCE to REG mapping on the REG bundle of the Sub-coreset according to the number of the REG bundle of the Sub-coreset and the CCE size to obtain at least one CCE of the Sub-coreset. That is, CCE-to-REG mapping is performed in each sub-coreset according to the above-mentioned REG bundle;
用户设备按照多个Sub-coreset的顺序,对多个Sub-coreset的CCE进行统一编号;The user equipment uniformly numbers the CCEs of the multiple Sub-coresets according to the sequence of the multiple Sub-coresets;
用户设备根据多个Sub-coreset的CCE的编号,确定候选PDCCH。由此,用户设备可以监听所确定的候选PDCCH,以接收其中一个候选PDCCH承载的DCI。The user equipment determines the candidate PDCCH according to the numbers of the CCEs of the multiple Sub-coresets. Thus, the user equipment can monitor the determined candidate PDCCH to receive the DCI carried by one of the candidate PDCCHs.
由于本实施例中应用于用户设备的物理下行控制信道的确定方法与应用于网络设备的物理下行控制信道的确定方法类似,而且在本实施例中已经详细说明了应用于网络设备的物理下行控制信道的确定方法。因此,在此不再重复赘述应用于用户设备的物理下行控制信道的确定方法的相关内容。Since the method for determining the physical downlink control channel applied to the user equipment in this embodiment is similar to the method for determining the physical downlink control channel applied to the network device, and the physical downlink control applied to the network device has been described in detail in this embodiment. How to determine the channel. Therefore, the relevant content of the method for determining the physical downlink control channel applied to the user equipment will not be repeated here.
图8示出了本发明提供的物理下行控制信道的确定装置的再一个实施 例的结构示意图。如图8所示,物理下行控制信道的确定装置700包括:Fig. 8 shows a schematic structural diagram of another embodiment of the apparatus for determining a physical downlink control channel provided by the present invention. As shown in FIG. 8, the device 700 for determining a physical downlink control channel includes:
第一映射模块701,用于根据第一控制资源集的多个REG束的编号和CCE大小,对多个REG束进行CCE到REG的映射,得到第一控制资源集的至少一个CCE,其中,一个CCE包括至少一个REG束,一个REG束包括至少一个REG;The first mapping module 701 is configured to perform CCE to REG mapping on multiple REG bundles according to the number and CCE size of multiple REG bundles in the first control resource set to obtain at least one CCE in the first control resource set, where: One CCE includes at least one REG bundle, and one REG bundle includes at least one REG;
信道确定模块702,用于根据第一控制资源集的至少一个CCE,确定第一控制资源集的候选PDCCH。The channel determining module 702 is configured to determine the candidate PDCCH of the first control resource set according to at least one CCE of the first control resource set.
在本发明实施例中,通过对第一控制资源集的REG束进行编号,根据REG束的编号和CCE大小,进行CCE到REG的映射,得到第一控制资源集的至少一个CCE,从而确定第一控制资源集的候选PDCCH。因此,可以按照上述方案确定候选PDCCH,从而可以配置更大时域长度的控制资源集。其中物理下行控制信道的确定装置可以应用于用户设备或网络设备。In the embodiment of the present invention, the REG bundles of the first control resource set are numbered, and the CCE to REG mapping is performed according to the number of the REG bundles and the CCE size to obtain at least one CCE of the first control resource set, thereby determining the first control resource set. A candidate PDCCH for the control resource set. Therefore, the candidate PDCCH can be determined according to the above solution, so that a control resource set with a larger time domain length can be configured. The device for determining the physical downlink control channel can be applied to user equipment or network equipment.
在本发明的一个或多个实施例中,第一映射模块701具体可以用于:In one or more embodiments of the present invention, the first mapping module 701 may be specifically used to:
根据第一预配置模式的映射规则,多个REG束的编号以及CCE大小,对多个REG束进行CCE到REG的映射;According to the mapping rule of the first pre-configuration mode, the number of the multiple REG bundles and the CCE size, the multiple REG bundles are mapped from CCE to REG;
其中,第一预配置模式可以为以下一项:统一交织模式,统一非交织模式,时域交织模式和频域非交织模式,时域非交织模式和频域非交织模式,时域交织模式和频域交织模式,时域非交织模式和频域交织模式;Among them, the first pre-configured mode may be one of the following: unified interleaving mode, unified non-interleaving mode, time-domain interleaving mode and frequency-domain non-interleaving mode, time-domain non-interleaving mode and frequency-domain non-interleaving mode, time-domain interleaving mode and Frequency domain interleaving mode, time domain non-interleaving mode and frequency domain interleaving mode;
统一交织模式可以为对多个REG束的编号进行交织的CCE到REG映射的模式;统一非交织模式可以为对多个REG束的编号进行非交织的CCE到REG映射的模式。The unified interleaving mode may be a CCE to REG mapping mode that interleaves the numbers of multiple REG bundles; the unified non-interleaving mode may be a CCE to REG mapping mode that non-interleaves the numbers of multiple REG bundles.
在本发明的一个或多个实施例中,统一交织模式的映射规则可以与以下至少一项相关:第一控制资源集内时分复用TDM的REG束个数,预先配置或者预定义的统一交织大小,预先配置或者预定义的每个CCE在时域上包含的REG束个数,预先配置或者预定义的每个CCE在频域上包含的REG束个数;In one or more embodiments of the present invention, the mapping rule of the unified interleaving pattern may be related to at least one of the following: the number of TDM REG bundles in the first control resource set, pre-configured or predefined unified interleaving Size, the number of pre-configured or predefined REG bundles contained in each CCE in the time domain, and the pre-configured or predefined number of REG bundles contained in each CCE in the frequency domain;
统一非交织模式的映射规则可以与以下至少一项相关:第一控制资源集内TDM的REG束个数,预先配置或者预定义的每个CCE在时域上包含的REG束个数,预先配置或者预定义的每个CCE在频域上包含的REG束 个数;The mapping rule of the unified non-interleaved mode may be related to at least one of the following: the number of TDM REG bundles in the first control resource set, the pre-configured or pre-defined number of REG bundles contained in each CCE in the time domain, pre-configured Or the predefined number of REG bundles included in each CCE in the frequency domain;
时域交织模式的映射规则可以与以下一个或多个因素相关:第一控制资源集内TDM的REG束个数,预先配置或者预定义的时域交织大小,预先配置或者预定义的每个CCE在时域上包含的REG束个数,预先配置或者预定义的每个CCE在频域上包含的REG束个数;The mapping rule of the time-domain interleaving pattern may be related to one or more of the following factors: the number of TDM REG bundles in the first control resource set, the pre-configured or predefined time-domain interleaving size, and each pre-configured or pre-defined CCE The number of REG bundles included in the time domain, and the pre-configured or predefined number of REG bundles included in each CCE in the frequency domain;
频域交织模式的映射规则可以与以下一个或多个因素相关:第一控制资源集内TDM的REG束个数,预先配置或者预定义的频域交织大小,预先配置或者预定义的每个CCE在时域上包含的REG束个数,预先配置或者预定义的每个CCE在频域上包含的REG束个数;The mapping rule of the frequency domain interleaving pattern may be related to one or more of the following factors: the number of TDM REG bundles in the first control resource set, the pre-configured or pre-defined frequency-domain interleaving size, and each pre-configured or pre-defined CCE The number of REG bundles included in the time domain, and the pre-configured or predefined number of REG bundles included in each CCE in the frequency domain;
时域非交织模式的映射规则可以与以下一个或多个因素相关:第一控制资源集内TDM的REG束个数,预先配置或者预定义的每个CCE在时域上包含的REG束个数,预先配置或者预定义的每个CCE在频域上包含的REG束个数;The mapping rule of the time-domain non-interlaced mode may be related to one or more of the following factors: the number of TDM REG bundles in the first control resource set, the number of pre-configured or predefined REG bundles contained in each CCE in the time domain , The number of pre-configured or predefined REG bundles included in each CCE in the frequency domain;
频域非交织模式的映射规则可以与以下一个或多个因素相关:第一控制资源集内TDM的REG束个数,预先配置或者预定义的每个CCE在时域上包含的REG束个数,预先配置或者预定义的每个CCE在频域上包含的REG束个数。The mapping rule of the frequency domain non-interleaved mode may be related to one or more of the following factors: the number of TDM REG bundles in the first control resource set, and the pre-configured or predefined number of REG bundles contained in each CCE in the time domain , The pre-configured or pre-defined number of REG bundles included in each CCE in the frequency domain.
在本发明的一个或多个实施例中,物理下行控制信道的确定装置700还可以包括:In one or more embodiments of the present invention, the apparatus 700 for determining a physical downlink control channel may further include:
第一编号模块,用于根据多个资源单元组REG束的编号规则,对多个资源单元组REG束进行编号。The first numbering module is used for numbering multiple resource unit group REG bundles according to the numbering rule of multiple resource unit group REG bundles.
多个REG束的编号规则可以为:The numbering rules of multiple REG bundles can be:
将第一控制资源集内最低频域上的各个REG束依次按时域先后顺序进行编号;按照第一控制资源集的频域从低到高的顺序,对第一控制资源集的下一个频域上的各个REG束依次按时域先后顺序进行编号,直到对第一控制资源集的所有REG束完成编号;The REG bundles in the lowest frequency domain in the first control resource set are numbered sequentially in the time domain sequence; according to the frequency domain of the first control resource set from low to high, the next frequency domain of the first control resource set The REG bundles on the above are numbered sequentially in time domain order, until all REG bundles in the first control resource set are numbered;
或者,or,
将第一控制资源集内最高频域上的各个REG束依次按时域先后顺序进行编号;按照第一控制资源集的频域从高到低的顺序,对第一控制资源集 的下一个频域上的各个REG束依次按时域先后顺序进行编号,直到对第一控制资源集的所有REG束完成编号;The REG bundles in the highest frequency domain in the first control resource set are numbered sequentially in time domain order; according to the order of the frequency domain of the first control resource set from high to low, the next frequency of the first control resource set is Each REG bundle on the domain is numbered sequentially in the time domain sequence, until all REG bundles in the first control resource set are numbered;
或者,or,
将第一控制资源集内最先开始的时域上的各个REG束依次按频域从低到高顺序进行编号;按照第一控制资源集的时域先后顺序,对第一控制资源集的下一个时域上的各个REG束依次按频域从低到高顺序进行编号,直到对第一控制资源集的所有REG束完成编号;The REG bundles in the first time domain in the first control resource set are numbered in sequence from low to high in the frequency domain; according to the time domain sequence of the first control resource set, the lower part of the first control resource set is Each REG bundle in a time domain is sequentially numbered from low to high in the frequency domain, until all REG bundles in the first control resource set are numbered;
或者,or,
将第一控制资源集内最先开始的时域上的各个REG束依次按频域从高到低顺序进行编号;按照第一控制资源集的时域先后顺序,对第一控制资源集的下一个时域上的各个REG束依次按频域从高到低顺序进行编号,直到对第一控制资源集的所有REG束完成编号。The REG bundles in the first time domain in the first control resource set are numbered in sequence from high to low in the frequency domain; according to the time domain sequence of the first control resource set, the lower ones of the first control resource set are numbered. Each REG bundle in a time domain is sequentially numbered from high to low in the frequency domain, until all REG bundles in the first control resource set are numbered.
在本发明的一个或多个实施例中,第一映射模块701可以用于:In one or more embodiments of the present invention, the first mapping module 701 may be used to:
根据第二预配置模式的映射规则,第三预配置模式的映射规则,多个REG束的编号以及CCE大小,对多个REG束进行CCE到REG的映射;According to the mapping rule of the second pre-configuration mode, the mapping rule of the third pre-configuration mode, the number of the multiple REG bundles and the CCE size, the CCE to REG mapping is performed on the multiple REG bundles;
其中,第二预配置模式为时域交织模式或时域非交织模式,第三预配置模式为频域交织模式或频域非交织模式。Wherein, the second pre-configuration mode is a time-domain interleaving mode or a time-domain non-interleaving mode, and the third pre-configuration mode is a frequency-domain interleaving mode or a frequency-domain non-interleaving mode.
在本发明的一个或多个实施例中,时域交织模式的映射规则可以与以下至少一项相关:第一控制资源集内TDM的REG束个数,配置或者预定义的时域交织大小,预先配置或者预定义的每个CCE在时域上包含的REG束个数,预先配置或者预定义的每个CCE在频域上包含的REG束个数;In one or more embodiments of the present invention, the mapping rule of the time-domain interleaving pattern may be related to at least one of the following: the number of TDM REG bundles in the first control resource set, the configuration or the predefined time-domain interleaving size, The number of pre-configured or predefined REG bundles included in each CCE in the time domain, and the pre-configured or predefined number of REG bundles included in each CCE in the frequency domain;
频域交织模式的映射规则可以与以下至少一项相关:第一控制资源集内TDM的REG束个数,配置或者预定义的频域交织大小,预先配置或者预定义的每个CCE在时域上包含的REG束个数,预先配置或者预定义的每个CCE在频域上包含的REG束个数;The mapping rule of the frequency domain interleaving pattern may be related to at least one of the following: the number of TDM REG bundles in the first control resource set, the configured or predefined frequency domain interleaving size, and each pre-configured or predefined CCE is in the time domain The number of REG bundles contained in the above, the pre-configured or predefined number of REG bundles contained in each CCE in the frequency domain;
时域非交织模式的映射规则可以与以下至少一项相关:第一控制资源集内时分复用TDM的REG束个数,预先配置或者预定义的每个CCE在时域上包含的REG束个数,预先配置或者预定义的每个CCE在频域上包含的REG束个数;The mapping rule of the time-domain non-interleaved mode may be related to at least one of the following: the number of TDM REG bundles in the first control resource set, and the number of pre-configured or predefined REG bundles contained in each CCE in the time domain Number, the number of pre-configured or predefined REG bundles included in each CCE in the frequency domain;
频域非交织模式的映射规则可以与以下至少一项相关:第一控制资源集内时分复用TDM的REG束个数,预先配置或者预定义的每个CCE在时域上包含的REG束个数,预先配置或者预定义的每个CCE在频域上包含的REG束个数。The mapping rule of the frequency-domain non-interleaved mode may be related to at least one of the following: the number of REG bundles of the time division multiplexing TDM in the first control resource set, and the number of pre-configured or predefined REG bundles contained in each CCE in the time domain Number, pre-configured or predefined number of REG bundles included in each CCE in the frequency domain.
在本发明的一个或多个实施例中,多个REG束中的每个REG束的编号可以包括时域编号和频域编号。In one or more embodiments of the present invention, the number of each REG bundle in the plurality of REG bundles may include a time domain number and a frequency domain number.
在本发明的一个或多个实施例中,物理下行控制信道的确定装置700还可以包括:In one or more embodiments of the present invention, the apparatus 700 for determining a physical downlink control channel may further include:
REG束确定模块,用于根据REG束大小以及第一控制资源集的REG,确定多个REG束;The REG bundle determining module is configured to determine multiple REG bundles according to the size of the REG bundle and the REG of the first control resource set;
其中,REG束大小与第一控制资源集的符号个数相关。The size of the REG bundle is related to the number of symbols in the first control resource set.
在本发明的一个或多个实施例中,CCE大小与第一控制资源集的符号个数相关。In one or more embodiments of the present invention, the size of the CCE is related to the number of symbols in the first control resource set.
在本发明的一个或多个实施例中,REG束大小可以按照时域和/或频域进行配置。In one or more embodiments of the present invention, the REG bundle size can be configured in the time domain and/or frequency domain.
在本发明的一个或多个实施例中,物理下行控制信道的确定装置700还可以包括:In one or more embodiments of the present invention, the apparatus 700 for determining a physical downlink control channel may further include:
划分模块,用于根据第二控制资源集的配置信息,将第二控制资源集分成多个第一控制资源集。The dividing module is configured to divide the second control resource set into multiple first control resource sets according to the configuration information of the second control resource set.
在本发明的一个或多个实施例中,第二控制资源集的配置信息包括第二控制资源集待被分成的第一控制资源集总数量和/或一个第一控制资源集的符号个数。In one or more embodiments of the present invention, the configuration information of the second control resource set includes the total number of the first control resource set to be divided into the second control resource set and/or the number of symbols of the first control resource set .
在本发明的一个或多个实施例中,第二控制资源集的配置信息可以包括第二控制资源集的符号个数;In one or more embodiments of the present invention, the configuration information of the second control resource set may include the number of symbols of the second control resource set;
划分模块可以包括:The division module can include:
信息确定模块,用于根据第二控制资源集的符号个数,确定第二控制资源集待被分成的第一控制资源集总数量和/或一个第一控制资源集的符号个数;An information determining module, configured to determine the total number of first control resource sets to be divided into the second control resource set and/or the number of symbols in a first control resource set according to the number of symbols in the second control resource set;
控制资源集划分模块,用于根据第一控制资源集总数量和/或一个第一 控制资源集的符号个数,将第一控制资源集分成多个第一控制资源集。The control resource set dividing module is configured to divide the first control resource set into a plurality of first control resource sets according to the total number of the first control resource sets and/or the number of symbols of a first control resource set.
在本发明的一个或多个实施例中,信道确定模块702可以用于,根据多个第一控制资源集的CCE的编号,确定候选物理下行控制信道PDCCH;In one or more embodiments of the present invention, the channel determining module 702 may be configured to determine the candidate physical downlink control channel PDCCH according to the numbers of the CCEs of the multiple first control resource sets;
其中,多个第一控制资源集内任意两个CCE的编号不同。Wherein, the numbers of any two CCEs in the multiple first control resource sets are different.
在本发明的一个或多个实施例中,物理下行控制信道的确定装置700还可以包括:In one or more embodiments of the present invention, the apparatus 700 for determining a physical downlink control channel may further include:
第二编号模块,用于根据多个第一控制资源集的CCE的编号规则,对多个第一控制资源集的CCE进行编号。The second numbering module is configured to number the CCEs of the multiple first control resource sets according to the numbering rules of the CCEs of the multiple first control resource sets.
其中,多个第一控制资源集的CCE的编号规则可以包括:The numbering rules of the CCEs of the multiple first control resource sets may include:
执行编号步骤:按照多个第一控制资源集的顺序,依次对多个第一控制资源集内的第j个CCE进行编号;Perform numbering step: sequentially number the j-th CCE in the multiple first control resource sets according to the order of the multiple first control resource sets;
在对最后一个第一控制资源集内的第j个CCE完成编号之后,将最后一个第一控制资源集内第j个CCE的编号作为下一次编号的起点,j=j+1,返回执行编号步骤,直到对多个第一控制资源集内的所有CCE完成编号;j∈[1,a];a表示一个第一控制资源集的CCE数量。After completing the numbering of the j-th CCE in the last first control resource set, use the number of the j-th CCE in the last first control resource set as the starting point for the next numbering, j=j+1, return to the execution number Steps, until all CCEs in the multiple first control resource sets are numbered; jε[1, a]; a represents the number of CCEs in a first control resource set.
在本发明的一个或多个实施例中,信道确定模块702可以包括:In one or more embodiments of the present invention, the channel determination module 702 may include:
CCE组合模块,用于将第一控制资源集的至少一个CCE进行组合,得到至少一个CCE组,其中,一个CCE组包括至少一个CCE;The CCE combination module is used to combine at least one CCE in the first control resource set to obtain at least one CCE group, where one CCE group includes at least one CCE;
第二映射模块,用于对至少一个CCE组进行PDCCH到CCE组的映射,得到候选物理下行控制信道PDCCH。The second mapping module is used to map at least one CCE group from PDCCH to CCE group to obtain a candidate physical downlink control channel PDCCH.
本发明实施例还提供一种网络设备,包括处理器、存储器及存储在所述存储器上并可在所述处理器上运行的计算机程序,所述计算机程序被所述处理器执行时实现上述任意一项实施例中的物理下行控制信道的确定方法的步骤。An embodiment of the present invention also provides a network device, including a processor, a memory, and a computer program stored on the memory and capable of running on the processor. The computer program implements any of the foregoing when executed by the processor. Steps of a method for determining a physical downlink control channel in an embodiment.
图9示出了本发明提供的一个实施例的网络设备的硬件结构示意图。FIG. 9 shows a schematic diagram of the hardware structure of a network device according to an embodiment of the present invention.
网络设备可以包括处理器801以及存储有计算机程序指令的存储器802。The network device may include a processor 801 and a memory 802 storing computer program instructions.
其中,处理器810,用于根据第一控制资源集的多个REG束的编号和CCE大小,对多个REG束进行CCE到REG的映射,得到第一控制资源集的至少一个CCE,其中,一个CCE包括至少一个REG束,一个REG束包 括至少一个REG;根据至少一个CCE,确定第一控制资源集的候选物理下行控制信道PDCCH。The processor 810 is configured to perform CCE to REG mapping on the multiple REG bundles according to the number and CCE size of the multiple REG bundles in the first control resource set to obtain at least one CCE in the first control resource set, where: One CCE includes at least one REG bundle, and one REG bundle includes at least one REG; according to the at least one CCE, the candidate physical downlink control channel PDCCH of the first control resource set is determined.
在本发明实施例中,通过对第一控制资源集的REG束进行编号,根据REG束的编号和CCE大小,进行CCE到REG的映射,得到第一控制资源集的至少一个CCE,从而确定第一控制资源集的候选PDCCH。因此,可以按照上述方案确定候选PDCCH,从而可以配置更大时域长度的控制资源集。In the embodiment of the present invention, the REG bundles of the first control resource set are numbered, and the CCE to REG mapping is performed according to the number of the REG bundles and the CCE size to obtain at least one CCE of the first control resource set, thereby determining the first control resource set. A candidate PDCCH for the control resource set. Therefore, the candidate PDCCH can be determined according to the above solution, so that a control resource set with a larger time domain length can be configured.
具体地,上述处理器801可以包括中央处理器(CPU),或者特定集成电路(Application Specific Integrated Circuit,ASIC),或者可以被配置成实施本发明实施例的一个或多个集成电路。Specifically, the foregoing processor 801 may include a central processing unit (CPU), or a specific integrated circuit (Application Specific Integrated Circuit, ASIC), or may be configured as one or more integrated circuits implementing the embodiments of the present invention.
存储器802可以包括用于数据或指令的大容量存储器。举例来说而非限制,存储器802可包括硬盘驱动器(Hard Disk Drive,HDD)、软盘驱动器、闪存、光盘、磁光盘、磁带或通用串行总线(Universal Serial Bus,USB)驱动器或者两个或更多个以上这些的组合。在合适的情况下,存储器802可包括可移除或不可移除(或固定)的介质。在合适的情况下,存储器802可在综合网关容灾设备的内部或外部。在特定实施例中,存储器802是非易失性固态存储器。在特定实施例中,存储器802包括只读存储器(ROM)。在合适的情况下,该ROM可以是掩模编程的ROM、可编程ROM(PROM)、可擦除PROM(EPROM)、电可擦除PROM(EEPROM)、电可改写ROM(EAROM)或闪存或者两个或更多个以上这些的组合。The memory 802 may include mass storage for data or instructions. For example and not limitation, the memory 802 may include a hard disk drive (Hard Disk Drive, HDD), a floppy disk drive, a flash memory, an optical disk, a magneto-optical disk, a magnetic tape, or a Universal Serial Bus (USB) drive, or two or more Multiple combinations of these. Where appropriate, the storage 802 may include removable or non-removable (or fixed) media. Where appropriate, the memory 802 may be inside or outside the integrated gateway disaster recovery device. In a particular embodiment, the memory 802 is a non-volatile solid-state memory. In a particular embodiment, the memory 802 includes read-only memory (ROM). Where appropriate, the ROM can be mask-programmed ROM, programmable ROM (PROM), erasable PROM (EPROM), electrically erasable PROM (EEPROM), electrically rewritable ROM (EAROM) or flash memory or A combination of two or more of these.
处理器801通过读取并执行存储器802中存储的计算机程序指令,以实现上述实施例中的任意一种物理下行控制信道的确定方法。The processor 801 reads and executes the computer program instructions stored in the memory 802 to implement any one of the physical downlink control channel determination methods in the foregoing embodiments.
在一个示例中,网络设备还可包括通信接口803和总线810。其中,如图9所示,处理器801、存储器802、通信接口803通过总线810连接并完成相互间的通信。In an example, the network device may further include a communication interface 803 and a bus 810. Among them, as shown in FIG. 9, the processor 801, the memory 802, and the communication interface 803 are connected through a bus 810 and complete mutual communication.
通信接口803,主要用于实现本发明实施例中各模块、装置、单元和/或设备之间的通信。The communication interface 803 is mainly used to implement communication between various modules, devices, units and/or devices in the embodiments of the present invention.
总线810包括硬件、软件或两者,将网络设备的部件彼此耦接在一起。 举例来说而非限制,总线可包括加速图形端口(AGP)或其他图形总线、增强工业标准架构(EISA)总线、前端总线(FSB)、超传输(HT)互连、工业标准架构(ISA)总线、无限带宽互连、低引脚数(LPC)总线、存储器总线、微信道架构(MCA)总线、外围组件互连(PCI)总线、PCI-Express(PCI-X)总线、串行高级技术附件(SATA)总线、视频电子标准协会局部(VLB)总线或其他合适的总线或者两个或更多个以上这些的组合。在合适的情况下,总线810可包括一个或多个总线。尽管本发明实施例描述和示出了特定的总线,但本发明考虑任何合适的总线或互连。The bus 810 includes hardware, software, or both, and couples the components of the network device to each other. For example and not limitation, the bus may include accelerated graphics port (AGP) or other graphics bus, enhanced industry standard architecture (EISA) bus, front side bus (FSB), hypertransport (HT) interconnect, industry standard architecture (ISA) Bus, unlimited bandwidth interconnect, low pin count (LPC) bus, memory bus, microchannel architecture (MCA) bus, peripheral component interconnect (PCI) bus, PCI-Express (PCI-X) bus, serial advanced technology Attachment (SATA) bus, Video Electronics Standards Association Local (VLB) bus or other suitable bus or a combination of two or more of these. Where appropriate, the bus 810 may include one or more buses. Although the embodiments of the present invention describe and show a specific bus, the present invention contemplates any suitable bus or interconnection.
该网络设备可以执行本发明实施例中的物理下行控制信道的确定方法,从而实现结合图1至图7描述的物理下行控制信道的确定方法和装置。The network device can execute the method for determining the physical downlink control channel in the embodiment of the present invention, thereby realizing the method and apparatus for determining the physical downlink control channel described in conjunction with FIG. 1 to FIG. 7.
本发明实施例还提供一种网络设备,包括处理器,存储器,存储在存储器上并可在处理器上运行的计算机程序,该计算机程序被处理器执行时实现上述物理下行控制信道的确定方法实施例的各个过程,且能达到相同的技术效果,为避免重复,这里不再赘述。The embodiment of the present invention also provides a network device, including a processor, a memory, and a computer program stored on the memory and running on the processor. The computer program is executed by the processor to implement the method for determining the physical downlink control channel. Each process of the example, and can achieve the same technical effect, in order to avoid repetition, I will not repeat them here.
本发明实施例还提供一种用户设备,包括处理器,存储器,存储在存储器上并可在所述处理器上运行的计算机程序,该计算机程序被处理器执行时实现上述任意一项实施例中的物理下行控制信道的确定方法实施例的各个过程,且能达到相同的技术效果,为避免重复,这里不再赘述。An embodiment of the present invention also provides a user equipment, including a processor, a memory, and a computer program stored on the memory and running on the processor. When the computer program is executed by the processor, the The processes in the embodiments of the method for determining the physical downlink control channel can achieve the same technical effect. In order to avoid repetition, details are not repeated here.
图10示出了本发明提供的一个实施例的用户设备的硬件结构示意图,该用户设备900包括但不限于:射频单元901、网络模块902、音频输出单元903、输入单元904、传感器905、显示单元906、用户输入单元907、接口单元908、存储器909、处理器910、以及电源911等部件。本领域技术人员可以理解,图10中示出的用户设备结构并不构成对用户设备的限定,用户设备可以包括比图示更多或更少的部件,或者组合某些部件,或者不同的部件布置。在本发明实施例中,用户设备包括但不限于手机、平板电脑、笔记本电脑、掌上电脑、车载终端、可穿戴设备、以及计步器等。FIG. 10 shows a schematic diagram of the hardware structure of a user equipment according to an embodiment of the present invention. The user equipment 900 includes but is not limited to: a radio frequency unit 901, a network module 902, an audio output unit 903, an input unit 904, a sensor 905, a display The unit 906, the user input unit 907, the interface unit 908, the memory 909, the processor 910, and the power supply 911 and other components. Those skilled in the art can understand that the structure of the user equipment shown in FIG. 10 does not constitute a limitation on the user equipment. The user equipment may include more or less components than those shown in the figure, or a combination of certain components, or different components. Layout. In the embodiment of the present invention, user equipment includes, but is not limited to, a mobile phone, a tablet computer, a notebook computer, a palmtop computer, a vehicle-mounted terminal, a wearable device, and a pedometer.
其中,处理器910,用于根据第一控制资源集的多个REG束的编号和CCE大小,对多个REG束进行CCE到REG的映射,得到第一控制资源集的至少一个CCE,其中,一个CCE包括至少一个REG束,一个REG束包 括至少一个REG;根据至少一个CCE,确定第一控制资源集的候选PDCCH。The processor 910 is configured to perform CCE to REG mapping on the multiple REG bundles according to the number of the multiple REG bundles of the first control resource set and the CCE size to obtain at least one CCE of the first control resource set, where: One CCE includes at least one REG bundle, and one REG bundle includes at least one REG; according to the at least one CCE, the candidate PDCCH of the first control resource set is determined.
本发明实施例通过对第一控制资源集的REG束进行编号,根据REG束的编号和CCE大小,进行CCE到REG的映射,得到第一控制资源集的至少一个CCE,从而确定第一控制资源集的候选PDCCH。因此,可以按照上述方案确定候选PDCCH,从而可以配置更大时域长度的控制资源集。In the embodiment of the present invention, the REG bundles of the first control resource set are numbered, and the CCE to REG mapping is performed according to the number of the REG bundle and the CCE size to obtain at least one CCE of the first control resource set, thereby determining the first control resource Candidate PDCCH of the set. Therefore, the candidate PDCCH can be determined according to the above solution, so that a control resource set with a larger time domain length can be configured.
应理解的是,本发明实施例中,射频单元901可用于收发信息或通话过程中,信号的接收和发送,具体的,将来自基站的下行数据接收后,给处理器910处理;另外,将上行的数据发送给基站。通常,射频单元901包括但不限于天线、至少一个放大器、收发信机、耦合器、低噪声放大器、双工器等。此外,射频单元901还可以通过无线通信系统与网络和其他设备通信。It should be understood that, in the embodiment of the present invention, the radio frequency unit 901 can be used for receiving and sending signals in the process of sending and receiving information or talking. Specifically, after receiving the downlink data from the base station, it is processed by the processor 910; Uplink data is sent to the base station. Generally, the radio frequency unit 901 includes, but is not limited to, an antenna, at least one amplifier, a transceiver, a coupler, a low noise amplifier, a duplexer, and the like. In addition, the radio frequency unit 901 can also communicate with the network and other devices through a wireless communication system.
用户设备通过网络模块902为用户提供了无线的宽带互联网访问,如帮助用户收发电子邮件、浏览网页和访问流式媒体等。The user equipment provides the user with wireless broadband Internet access through the network module 902, such as helping the user to send and receive emails, browse webpages, and access streaming media.
音频输出单元903可以将射频单元901或网络模块902接收的或者在存储器909中存储的音频数据转换成音频信号并且输出为声音。而且,音频输出单元903还可以提供与用户设备900执行的特定功能相关的音频输出(例如,呼叫信号接收声音、消息接收声音等等)。音频输出单元903包括扬声器、蜂鸣器以及受话器等。The audio output unit 903 can convert the audio data received by the radio frequency unit 901 or the network module 902 or stored in the memory 909 into an audio signal and output it as sound. Moreover, the audio output unit 903 may also provide audio output related to a specific function performed by the user equipment 900 (for example, call signal reception sound, message reception sound, etc.). The audio output unit 903 includes a speaker, a buzzer, a receiver, and the like.
输入单元904用于接收音频或视频信号。输入单元904可以包括图形处理器(Graphics Processing Unit,GPU)9041和麦克风9042,图形处理器9041对在视频捕获模式或图像捕获模式中由图像捕获装置(如摄像头)获得的静态图片或视频的图像数据进行处理。处理后的图像帧可以显示在显示单元906上。经图形处理器9041处理后的图像帧可以存储在存储器909(或其它存储介质)中或者经由射频单元901或网络模块902进行发送。麦克风9042可以接收声音,并且能够将这样的声音处理为音频数据。处理后的音频数据可以在电话通话模式的情况下转换为可经由射频单元901发送到移动通信基站的格式输出。The input unit 904 is used to receive audio or video signals. The input unit 904 may include a graphics processing unit (GPU) 9041 and a microphone 9042. The graphics processor 9041 is configured to provide an image of a still picture or video obtained by an image capture device (such as a camera) in a video capture mode or an image capture mode. Data is processed. The processed image frame may be displayed on the display unit 906. The image frames processed by the graphics processor 9041 may be stored in the memory 909 (or other storage medium) or sent via the radio frequency unit 901 or the network module 902. The microphone 9042 can receive sound and can process such sound into audio data. The processed audio data can be converted into a format that can be sent to a mobile communication base station via the radio frequency unit 901 for output in the case of a telephone call mode.
用户设备900还包括至少一种传感器905,比如光传感器、运动传感 器以及其他传感器。具体地,光传感器包括环境光传感器及接近传感器,其中,环境光传感器可根据环境光线的明暗来调节显示面板9061的亮度,接近传感器可在用户设备900移动到耳边时,关闭显示面板9061和/或背光。作为运动传感器的一种,加速计传感器可检测各个方向上(一般为三轴)加速度的大小,静止时可检测出重力的大小及方向,可用于识别用户设备姿态(比如横竖屏切换、相关游戏、磁力计姿态校准)、振动识别相关功能(比如计步器、敲击)等;传感器905还可以包括指纹传感器、压力传感器、虹膜传感器、分子传感器、陀螺仪、气压计、湿度计、温度计、红外线传感器等,在此不再赘述。The user equipment 900 also includes at least one sensor 905, such as a light sensor, a motion sensor, and other sensors. Specifically, the light sensor includes an ambient light sensor and a proximity sensor. The ambient light sensor can adjust the brightness of the display panel 9061 according to the brightness of the ambient light. The proximity sensor can close the display panel 9061 and the display panel 9061 when the user equipment 900 is moved to the ear. / Or backlight. As a kind of motion sensor, the accelerometer sensor can detect the magnitude of acceleration in various directions (usually three axes), and can detect the magnitude and direction of gravity when it is stationary, and can be used to identify the posture of the user equipment (such as horizontal and vertical screen switching, related games). , Magnetometer attitude calibration), vibration recognition related functions (such as pedometer, tap), etc.; sensor 905 can also include fingerprint sensors, pressure sensors, iris sensors, molecular sensors, gyroscopes, barometers, hygrometers, thermometers, Infrared sensors, etc., will not be repeated here.
显示单元906用于显示由用户输入的信息或提供给用户的信息。显示单元906可包括显示面板9061,可以采用液晶显示器(Liquid Crystal Display,LCD)、有机发光二极管(Organic Light-Emitting Diode,OLED)等形式来配置显示面板9061。The display unit 906 is used to display information input by the user or information provided to the user. The display unit 906 may include a display panel 9061, and the display panel 9061 may be configured in the form of a liquid crystal display (LCD), an organic light-emitting diode (OLED), etc.
用户输入单元907可用于接收输入的数字或字符信息,以及产生与用户设备的用户设置以及功能控制有关的键信号输入。具体地,用户输入单元907包括触控面板9071以及其他输入设备9072。触控面板9071,也称为触摸屏,可收集用户在其上或附近的触摸操作(比如用户使用手指、触笔等任何适合的物体或附件在触控面板9071上或在触控面板9071附近的操作)。触控面板9071可包括触摸检测装置和触摸控制器两个部分。其中,触摸检测装置检测用户的触摸方位,并检测触摸操作带来的信号,将信号传送给触摸控制器;触摸控制器从触摸检测装置上接收触摸信息,并将它转换成触点坐标,再送给处理器910,接收处理器910发来的命令并加以执行。此外,可以采用电阻式、电容式、红外线以及表面声波等多种类型实现触控面板9071。除了触控面板9071,用户输入单元907还可以包括其他输入设备9072。具体地,其他输入设备9072可以包括但不限于物理键盘、功能键(比如音量控制按键、开关按键等)、轨迹球、鼠标、操作杆,在此不再赘述。The user input unit 907 may be used to receive input numeric or character information, and generate key signal input related to user settings and function control of the user equipment. Specifically, the user input unit 907 includes a touch panel 9071 and other input devices 9072. The touch panel 9071, also called a touch screen, can collect the user's touch operations on or near it (for example, the user uses any suitable objects or accessories such as fingers, stylus, etc.) on the touch panel 9071 or near the touch panel 9071. operate). The touch panel 9071 may include two parts: a touch detection device and a touch controller. Among them, the touch detection device detects the user's touch position, detects the signal brought by the touch operation, and transmits the signal to the touch controller; the touch controller receives the touch information from the touch detection device, converts it into contact coordinates, and then sends it To the processor 910, the command sent by the processor 910 is received and executed. In addition, the touch panel 9071 can be implemented in multiple types such as resistive, capacitive, infrared, and surface acoustic wave. In addition to the touch panel 9071, the user input unit 907 may also include other input devices 9072. Specifically, other input devices 9072 may include, but are not limited to, a physical keyboard, function keys (such as volume control buttons, switch buttons, etc.), trackball, mouse, and joystick, which will not be repeated here.
进一步的,触控面板9071可覆盖在显示面板9061上,当触控面板9071检测到在其上或附近的触摸操作后,传送给处理器910以确定触摸事 件的类型,随后处理器910根据触摸事件的类型在显示面板9061上提供相应的视觉输出。虽然在图10中,触控面板9071与显示面板9061是作为两个独立的部件来实现用户设备的输入和输出功能,但是在某些实施例中,可以将触控面板9071与显示面板9061集成而实现用户设备的输入和输出功能,具体此处不做限定。Further, the touch panel 9071 can cover the display panel 9061. When the touch panel 9071 detects a touch operation on or near it, it transmits it to the processor 910 to determine the type of the touch event, and then the processor 910 determines the type of the touch event according to the touch. The type of event provides corresponding visual output on the display panel 9061. Although in FIG. 10, the touch panel 9071 and the display panel 9061 are used as two independent components to implement the input and output functions of the user equipment, in some embodiments, the touch panel 9071 and the display panel 9061 can be integrated The implementation of the input and output functions of the user equipment is not specifically limited here.
接口单元908为外部装置与用户设备900连接的接口。例如,外部装置可以包括有线或无线头戴式耳机端口、外部电源(或电池充电器)端口、有线或无线数据端口、存储卡端口、用于连接具有识别模块的装置的端口、音频输入/输出(I/O)端口、视频I/O端口、耳机端口等等。接口单元908可以用于接收来自外部装置的输入(例如,数据信息、电力等等)并且将接收到的输入传输到用户设备900内的一个或多个元件或者可以用于在用户设备900和外部装置之间传输数据。The interface unit 908 is an interface for connecting an external device with the user equipment 900. For example, the external device may include a wired or wireless headset port, an external power source (or battery charger) port, a wired or wireless data port, a memory card port, a port for connecting a device with an identification module, audio input/output (I/O) port, video I/O port, headphone port, etc. The interface unit 908 may be used to receive input (for example, data information, power, etc.) from an external device and transmit the received input to one or more elements in the user equipment 900 or may be used to connect the user equipment 900 to an external device. Transfer data between devices.
存储器909可用于存储软件程序以及各种数据。存储器909可主要包括存储程序区和存储数据区,其中,存储程序区可存储操作系统、至少一个功能所需的应用程序(比如声音播放功能、图像播放功能等)等;存储数据区可存储根据手机的使用所创建的数据(比如音频数据、电话本等)等。此外,存储器909可以包括高速随机存取存储器,还可以包括非易失性存储器,例如至少一个磁盘存储器件、闪存器件、或其他易失性固态存储器件。The memory 909 can be used to store software programs and various data. The memory 909 may mainly include a storage program area and a storage data area. The storage program area may store an operating system, an application program required by at least one function (such as a sound playback function, an image playback function, etc.), etc.; Data created by the use of mobile phones (such as audio data, phone book, etc.), etc. In addition, the memory 909 may include a high-speed random access memory, and may also include a non-volatile memory, such as at least one magnetic disk storage device, a flash memory device, or other volatile solid-state storage devices.
处理器910是用户设备的控制中心,利用各种接口和线路连接整个用户设备的各个部分,通过运行或执行存储在存储器909内的软件程序和/或模块,以及调用存储在存储器909内的数据,执行用户设备的各种功能和处理数据,从而对用户设备进行整体监控。处理器910可包括一个或多个处理单元;优选的,处理器910可集成应用处理器和调制解调处理器,其中,应用处理器主要处理操作系统、用户界面和应用程序等,调制解调处理器主要处理无线通信。可以理解的是,上述调制解调处理器也可以不集成到处理器910中。The processor 910 is the control center of the user equipment. It uses various interfaces and lines to connect various parts of the entire user equipment, runs or executes software programs and/or modules stored in the memory 909, and calls data stored in the memory 909 , Perform various functions of the user equipment and process data, so as to monitor the user equipment as a whole. The processor 910 may include one or more processing units; preferably, the processor 910 may integrate an application processor and a modem processor, where the application processor mainly processes the operating system, user interface, application programs, etc., and the modem The processor mainly deals with wireless communication. It can be understood that the foregoing modem processor may not be integrated into the processor 910.
用户设备900还可以包括给各个部件供电的电源911(比如电池),优选的,电源911可以通过电源管理系统与处理器910逻辑相连,从而通 过电源管理系统实现管理充电、放电、以及功耗管理等功能。The user equipment 900 may also include a power source 911 (such as a battery) for supplying power to various components. Preferably, the power source 911 may be logically connected to the processor 910 through a power management system, so as to manage charging, discharging, and power consumption management through the power management system. And other functions.
另外,用户设备900包括一些未示出的功能模块,在此不再赘述。In addition, the user equipment 900 includes some functional modules not shown, which will not be repeated here.
本发明实施例还提供一种计算机可读存储介质,计算机可读存储介质上存储有计算机程序,该计算机程序被处理器执行时实现上述物理下行控制信道的确定方法实施例的各个过程,且能达到相同的技术效果,为避免重复,这里不再赘述。其中,所述的计算机可读存储介质的示例包括非暂态计算机可读存储介质,如只读存储器(Read-Only Memory,简称ROM)、随机存取存储器(Random Access Memory,简称RAM)、磁碟或者光盘等。The embodiment of the present invention also provides a computer-readable storage medium on which a computer program is stored. When the computer program is executed by a processor, each process of the above-mentioned physical downlink control channel determination method embodiment is realized, and can be To achieve the same technical effect, in order to avoid repetition, I will not repeat them here. Wherein, examples of the computer-readable storage medium include non-transitory computer-readable storage media, such as read-only memory (Read-Only Memory, ROM for short), Random Access Memory (RAM for short), and magnetic CD or CD, etc.
本发明实施例还提供一种计算机程序产品,程序产品被至少一个处理器执行实现上述任意一项实施例的物理下行控制信道的确定方法的各个过程,且能达到相同的技术效果,为避免重复,这里不再赘述。The embodiment of the present invention also provides a computer program product. The program product is executed by at least one processor to implement each process of the physical downlink control channel determination method of any one of the above embodiments, and can achieve the same technical effect. In order to avoid repetition , I won’t repeat it here.
本发明实施例还提供一种用户设备,用户设备被配置为用于执行实现上述任意一项实施例的物理下行控制信道的确定方法的各个过程,且能达到相同的技术效果,为避免重复,这里不再赘述。The embodiment of the present invention also provides a user equipment, which is configured to execute each process of the method for determining a physical downlink control channel of any one of the above embodiments, and can achieve the same technical effect. In order to avoid repetition, I won't repeat it here.
需要说明的是,在本文中,术语“包括”、“包含”或者其任何其他变体意在涵盖非排他性的包含,从而使得包括一系列要素的过程、方法、物品或者装置不仅包括那些要素,而且还包括没有明确列出的其他要素,或者是还包括为这种过程、方法、物品或者装置所固有的要素。在没有更多限制的情况下,由语句“包括一个……”限定的要素,并不排除在包括该要素的过程、方法、物品或者装置中还存在另外的相同要素。It should be noted that in this article, the terms "include", "include" or any other variants thereof are intended to cover non-exclusive inclusion, so that a process, method, article or device including a series of elements not only includes those elements, It also includes other elements that are not explicitly listed, or elements inherent to the process, method, article, or device. If there are no more restrictions, the element defined by the sentence "including a..." does not exclude the existence of other identical elements in the process, method, article, or device that includes the element.
还需要说明的是,附图中的流程图和框图图示了根据本公开的各种实施例的系统、方法和计算机程序产品的可能实现方式的体系结构、功能、和操作。在这点上,流程图或框图中的每个方框可代表一模块、片段或代码的一部分,模块、片段或代码的一部分包括用于实现(一个或多个)指定的逻辑功能的一个或多个可执行指令。也应当注意,在一些替换实现方式中,方框中标注的功能也可以按不同于附图中标注的顺序发生。例如,取决于所涉及的功能,接连示出的两个方框实际上可被基本同时执行,或 者方框有时可按相反顺序被执行。还要注意,框图和/或流程图中的每个方框、以及框图和/或流程图中的方框的组合,可以由执行指定的功能或动作的专用的基于硬件的系统来实现,或者可以由专用硬件和计算机指令的组合来实现。It should also be noted that the flowcharts and block diagrams in the drawings illustrate the architecture, functions, and operations of possible implementations of systems, methods, and computer program products according to various embodiments of the present disclosure. In this regard, each block in the flowchart or block diagram may represent a module, segment, or part of code, and the module, segment, or part of code includes one or Multiple executable instructions. It should also be noted that in some alternative implementations, the functions marked in the block may also occur in a different order from the order marked in the drawings. For example, depending on the functions involved, two blocks shown in succession may actually be executed substantially simultaneously, or the blocks may sometimes be executed in the reverse order. It should also be noted that each block in the block diagram and/or flowchart, and a combination of blocks in the block diagram and/or flowchart, can be implemented by a dedicated hardware-based system that performs the specified function or action, or It can be implemented by a combination of dedicated hardware and computer instructions.
通过以上的实施方式的描述,本领域的技术人员可以清楚地了解到上述实施例方法可借助软件加必需的通用硬件平台的方式来实现,当然也可以通过硬件,但很多情况下前者是更佳的实施方式。基于这样的理解,本发明的技术方案本质上或者说对现有技术做出贡献的部分可以以软件产品的形式体现出来,该计算机软件产品存储在一个存储介质(如ROM/RAM、磁碟、光盘)中,包括若干指令用以使得一台终端(可以是手机,计算机,服务器,空调器,或者网络设备等)执行本发明各个实施例所述的方法。Through the description of the above implementation manners, those skilled in the art can clearly understand that the above-mentioned embodiment method can be implemented by means of software plus the necessary general hardware platform, of course, it can also be implemented by hardware, but in many cases the former is better.的实施方式。 Based on this understanding, the technical solution of the present invention essentially or the part that contributes to the existing technology can be embodied in the form of a software product, and the computer software product is stored in a storage medium (such as ROM/RAM, magnetic disk, The optical disc) includes a number of instructions to enable a terminal (which may be a mobile phone, a computer, a server, an air conditioner, or a network device, etc.) to execute the method described in each embodiment of the present invention.
上面结合附图对本发明的实施例进行了描述,但是本发明并不局限于上述的具体实施方式,上述的具体实施方式仅仅是示意性的,而不是限制性的,本领域的普通技术人员在本发明的启示下,在不脱离本发明宗旨和权利要求所保护的范围情况下,还可做出很多形式,均属于本发明的保护之内。The embodiments of the present invention are described above with reference to the accompanying drawings, but the present invention is not limited to the above-mentioned specific embodiments. The above-mentioned specific embodiments are only illustrative and not restrictive. Those of ordinary skill in the art are Under the enlightenment of the present invention, many forms can be made without departing from the purpose of the present invention and the scope of protection of the claims, all of which fall within the protection of the present invention.

Claims (37)

  1. 一种物理下行控制信道的确定方法,包括:A method for determining a physical downlink control channel includes:
    根据第一控制资源集的多个资源单元组REG束的编号和控制信道元素CCE大小,对所述多个资源单元组REG束进行CCE到REG的映射,得到所述第一控制资源集的至少一个CCE,一个所述CCE包括至少一个所述REG束,一个所述REG束包括至少一个REG;According to the number of the multiple resource element group REG bundles of the first control resource set and the control channel element CCE size, the CCE to REG mapping is performed on the multiple resource element group REG bundles to obtain at least the first control resource set One CCE, one CCE includes at least one REG bundle, and one REG bundle includes at least one REG;
    根据所述至少一个CCE,确定所述第一控制资源集的候选物理下行控制信道PDCCH。According to the at least one CCE, a candidate physical downlink control channel PDCCH of the first control resource set is determined.
  2. 根据权利要求1所述的方法,其中,所述根据第一控制资源集的多个资源单元组REG束的编号和控制信道元素CCE大小,对所述多个资源单元组REG束进行CCE到REG的映射,包括:The method according to claim 1, wherein the CCE to REG is performed on the plurality of resource element group REG bundles according to the number of the plurality of resource element group REG bundles of the first control resource set and the control channel element CCE size. The mapping includes:
    根据第一预配置模式的映射规则,所述多个资源单元组REG束的编号以及所述控制信道元素CCE大小,对所述多个资源单元组REG束进行CCE到REG的映射,According to the mapping rule of the first pre-configuration mode, the number of the plurality of resource element group REG bundles and the size of the control channel element CCE, the CCE to REG mapping is performed on the plurality of resource element group REG bundles,
    所述第一预配置模式为以下一项:统一交织模式,统一非交织模式,时域交织模式和频域非交织模式,时域非交织模式和频域非交织模式,时域交织模式和频域交织模式,时域非交织模式和频域交织模式;The first pre-configured mode is one of the following: unified interleaving mode, unified non-interleaving mode, time-domain interleaving mode and frequency-domain non-interleaving mode, time-domain non-interleaving mode and frequency-domain non-interleaving mode, time-domain interleaving mode and frequency Domain interleaving mode, time domain non-interleaving mode and frequency domain interleaving mode;
    所述统一交织模式为对所述多个资源单元组REG束的编号进行交织的CCE到REG映射的模式;所述统一非交织模式为对所述多个资源单元组REG束的编号进行非交织的CCE到REG映射的模式。The unified interleaving mode is a CCE to REG mapping mode that interleaves the numbers of the multiple resource unit group REG bundles; the unified non-interleaving mode is non-interleaving the numbers of the multiple resource unit group REG bundles CCE to REG mapping mode.
  3. 根据权利要求2所述的方法,其中,The method of claim 2, wherein:
    所述统一交织模式的映射规则与以下至少一项相关:所述第一控制资源集内时分复用TDM的REG束个数,预先配置或者预定义的统一交织大小,预先配置或者预定义的每个CCE在时域上包含的REG束个数,预先配置或者预定义的每个CCE在频域上包含的REG束个数;The mapping rule of the unified interleaving pattern is related to at least one of the following: the number of time division multiplexed TDM REG bundles in the first control resource set, a pre-configured or pre-defined uniform interleaving size, and a pre-configured or pre-defined each The number of REG bundles included in each CCE in the time domain, and the pre-configured or predefined number of REG bundles included in each CCE in the frequency domain;
    所述统一非交织模式的映射规则与以下至少一项相关:所述第一控制资源集内TDM的REG束个数,预先配置或者预定义的每个CCE在时域上包含的REG束个数,预先配置或者预定义的每个CCE在频域上包含的 REG束个数;The mapping rule of the unified non-interlaced mode is related to at least one of the following: the number of TDM REG bundles in the first control resource set, and the pre-configured or predefined number of REG bundles included in each CCE in the time domain , The number of pre-configured or predefined REG bundles included in each CCE in the frequency domain;
    所述时域交织模式的映射规则与以下一个或多个因素相关:所述第一控制资源集内TDM的REG束个数,预先配置或者预定义的时域交织大小,预先配置或者预定义的每个CCE在时域上包含的REG束个数,预先配置或者预定义的每个CCE在频域上包含的REG束个数;The mapping rule of the time-domain interleaving pattern is related to one or more of the following factors: the number of TDM REG bundles in the first control resource set, the pre-configured or predefined time-domain interleaving size, and the pre-configured or predefined The number of REG bundles contained in each CCE in the time domain, and the pre-configured or predefined number of REG bundles contained in each CCE in the frequency domain;
    所述频域交织模式的映射规则与以下一个或多个因素相关:所述第一控制资源集内TDM的REG束个数,预先配置或者预定义的频域交织大小,预先配置或者预定义的每个CCE在时域上包含的REG束个数,预先配置或者预定义的每个CCE在频域上包含的REG束个数;The mapping rule of the frequency-domain interleaving pattern is related to one or more of the following factors: the number of TDM REG bundles in the first control resource set, the pre-configured or predefined frequency-domain interleaving size, and the pre-configured or predefined The number of REG bundles contained in each CCE in the time domain, and the pre-configured or predefined number of REG bundles contained in each CCE in the frequency domain;
    所述时域非交织模式的映射规则与以下一个或多个因素相关:所述第一控制资源集内TDM的REG束个数,预先配置或者预定义的每个CCE在时域上包含的REG束个数,预先配置或者预定义的每个CCE在频域上包含的REG束个数;The mapping rule of the time-domain non-interleaved mode is related to one or more of the following factors: the number of TDM REG bundles in the first control resource set, the pre-configured or predefined REGs included in each CCE in the time domain The number of bundles, the number of pre-configured or predefined REG bundles included in each CCE in the frequency domain;
    所述频域非交织模式的映射规则与以下一个或多个因素相关:所述第一控制资源集内TDM的REG束个数,预先配置或者预定义的每个CCE在时域上包含的REG束个数,预先配置或者预定义的每个CCE在频域上包含的REG束个数。The mapping rule of the frequency-domain non-interlaced mode is related to one or more of the following factors: the number of TDM REG bundles in the first control resource set, the pre-configured or predefined REGs included in each CCE in the time domain The number of bundles is the number of pre-configured or predefined REG bundles included in each CCE in the frequency domain.
  4. 根据权利要求2所述的方法,其中,所述方法还包括:The method according to claim 2, wherein the method further comprises:
    根据所述多个资源单元组REG束的编号规则,对所述多个资源单元组REG束进行编号,Numbering the plurality of resource unit group REG bundles according to the numbering rule of the plurality of resource unit group REG bundles,
    其中,所述多个资源单元组REG束的编号规则为:Wherein, the numbering rule of the multiple resource unit groups REG bundles is:
    将所述第一控制资源集内最低频域上的各个REG束依次按时域先后顺序进行编号;按照所述第一控制资源集的频域从低到高的顺序,对所述第一控制资源集的下一个频域上的各个REG束依次按时域先后顺序进行编号,直到对所述第一控制资源集的所有REG束完成编号;The REG bundles in the lowest frequency domain in the first control resource set are numbered sequentially in the time domain sequence; according to the frequency domain of the first control resource set from low to high, the first control resource is Each REG bundle in the next frequency domain of the set is numbered sequentially in time domain order, until all REG bundles in the first control resource set are numbered;
    或者,or,
    将所述第一控制资源集内最高频域上的各个REG束依次按时域先后顺序进行编号;按照所述第一控制资源集的频域从高到低的顺序,对所述第一控制资源集的下一个频域上的各个REG束依次按时域先后顺序进行编号, 直到对所述第一控制资源集的所有REG束完成编号;The REG bundles in the highest frequency domain in the first control resource set are numbered sequentially in the time domain sequence; according to the frequency domain order of the first control resource set from high to low, the first control resource set is Each REG bundle in the next frequency domain of the resource set is numbered sequentially in time domain order, until all REG bundles in the first control resource set are numbered;
    或者,or,
    将所述第一控制资源集内最先开始的时域上的各个REG束依次按频域从低到高顺序进行编号;按照所述第一控制资源集的时域先后顺序,对所述第一控制资源集的下一个时域上的各个REG束依次按频域从低到高顺序进行编号,直到对所述第一控制资源集的所有REG束完成编号;The REG bundles in the first time domain in the first control resource set are numbered in sequence from low to high in the frequency domain; according to the time domain sequence of the first control resource set, the first control resource set is Each REG bundle in the next time domain of a control resource set is numbered sequentially from low to high in the frequency domain, until all REG bundles in the first control resource set are numbered;
    或者,or,
    将所述第一控制资源集内最先开始的时域上的各个REG束依次按频域从高到低顺序进行编号;按照所述第一控制资源集的时域先后顺序,对所述第一控制资源集的下一个时域上的各个REG束依次按频域从高到低顺序进行编号,直到对所述第一控制资源集的所有REG束完成编号。The REG bundles in the first time domain in the first control resource set are numbered in sequence from high to low in the frequency domain; according to the time domain sequence of the first control resource set, the first control resource set is Each REG bundle in the next time domain of a control resource set is numbered sequentially from high to low in the frequency domain, until all REG bundles of the first control resource set are numbered.
  5. 根据权利要求1所述的方法,其中,所述根据第一控制资源集的多个资源单元组REG束的编号和控制信道元素CCE大小,对所述多个资源单元组REG束进行CCE到REG的映射,包括:The method according to claim 1, wherein the CCE to REG is performed on the plurality of resource element group REG bundles according to the number of the plurality of resource element group REG bundles of the first control resource set and the control channel element CCE size. The mapping includes:
    根据第二预配置模式的映射规则,第三预配置模式的映射规则,所述多个资源单元组REG束的编号以及所述控制信道元素CCE大小,对所述多个资源单元组REG束进行CCE到REG的映射,According to the mapping rule of the second pre-configuration mode, the mapping rule of the third pre-configuration mode, the number of the plurality of resource unit group REG bundles, and the size of the control channel element CCE, the REG bundles of the plurality of resource unit groups are performed CCE to REG mapping,
    所述第二预配置模式为时域交织模式或时域非交织模式,所述第三预配置模式为频域交织模式或频域非交织模式。The second pre-configuration mode is a time-domain interleaving mode or a time-domain non-interleaving mode, and the third pre-configuration mode is a frequency-domain interleaving mode or a frequency-domain non-interleaving mode.
  6. 根据权利要求5所述的方法,其中,The method of claim 5, wherein:
    所述时域交织模式的映射规则与以下至少一项相关:所述第一控制资源集内TDM的REG束个数,配置或者预定义的时域交织大小,预先配置或者预定义的每个CCE在时域上包含的REG束个数,预先配置或者预定义的每个CCE在频域上包含的REG束个数;The mapping rule of the time-domain interleaving pattern is related to at least one of the following: the number of TDM REG bundles in the first control resource set, the configured or predefined time-domain interleaving size, and each pre-configured or predefined CCE The number of REG bundles included in the time domain, and the pre-configured or predefined number of REG bundles included in each CCE in the frequency domain;
    所述频域交织模式的映射规则与以下至少一项相关:所述第一控制资源集内TDM的REG束个数,配置或者预定义的频域交织大小,预先配置或者预定义的每个CCE在时域上包含的REG束个数,预先配置或者预定义的每个CCE在频域上包含的REG束个数;The mapping rule of the frequency domain interleaving pattern is related to at least one of the following: the number of TDM REG bundles in the first control resource set, the configured or predefined frequency domain interleaving size, and each pre-configured or predefined CCE The number of REG bundles included in the time domain, and the pre-configured or predefined number of REG bundles included in each CCE in the frequency domain;
    所述时域非交织模式的映射规则与以下至少一项相关:所述第一控制 资源集内时分复用TDM的REG束个数,预先配置或者预定义的每个CCE在时域上包含的REG束个数,预先配置或者预定义的每个CCE在频域上包含的REG束个数;The mapping rule of the time-domain non-interleaving mode is related to at least one of the following: the number of time-division multiplexed TDM REG bundles in the first control resource set, and the pre-configured or pre-defined CCEs included in the time domain The number of REG bundles, the number of pre-configured or predefined REG bundles included in each CCE in the frequency domain;
    所述频域非交织模式的映射规则与以下至少一项相关:所述第一控制资源集内时分复用TDM的REG束个数,预先配置或者预定义的每个CCE在时域上包含的REG束个数,预先配置或者预定义的每个CCE在频域上包含的REG束个数。The mapping rule of the frequency-domain non-interleaved mode is related to at least one of the following: the number of TDM REG bundles in the first control resource set, and the pre-configured or pre-defined CCE included in the time domain The number of REG bundles is the number of pre-configured or predefined REG bundles included in each CCE in the frequency domain.
  7. 根据权利要求5所述的方法,其中,所述多个资源单元组REG束中的每个REG束的编号包括时域编号和频域编号。The method according to claim 5, wherein the number of each REG bundle in the plurality of resource unit group REG bundles includes a time domain number and a frequency domain number.
  8. 根据权利要求1-7中任一项所述的方法,其中,所述根据第一控制资源集的多个资源单元组REG束的编号和控制信道元素CCE大小,对所述多个资源单元组REG束进行CCE到REG的映射之前,所述方法还包括:The method according to any one of claims 1-7, wherein the number of REG bundles of the plurality of resource element groups in the first control resource set and the size of the control channel element CCE are used to perform the Before the REG bundle performs CCE to REG mapping, the method further includes:
    根据REG束大小以及所述第一控制资源集的REG,确定所述多个资源单元组REG束,Determining the plurality of resource unit groups REG bundles according to the size of the REG bundle and the REG of the first control resource set,
    所述REG束大小与所述第一控制资源集的符号个数相关。The size of the REG bundle is related to the number of symbols in the first control resource set.
  9. 根据权利要求1-7中任一项所述的方法,其中,所述CCE大小与所述第一控制资源集的符号个数相关。The method according to any one of claims 1-7, wherein the size of the CCE is related to the number of symbols in the first control resource set.
  10. 根据权利要求1-7中任一项所述的方法,其中,所述REG束大小按照时域和/或频域进行配置。The method according to any one of claims 1-7, wherein the REG bundle size is configured according to the time domain and/or frequency domain.
  11. 根据权利要求1-7中任一项所述的方法,其中,所述根据第一控制资源集的多个资源单元组REG束的编号和控制信道元素CCE大小,对所述多个资源单元组REG束进行CCE到REG的映射之前,所述方法还包括:The method according to any one of claims 1-7, wherein the number of REG bundles of the plurality of resource element groups in the first control resource set and the size of the control channel element CCE are used to perform the Before the REG bundle performs CCE to REG mapping, the method further includes:
    根据第二控制资源集的配置信息,将所述第二控制资源集分成多个所述第一控制资源集。According to the configuration information of the second control resource set, the second control resource set is divided into a plurality of the first control resource sets.
  12. 根据权利要求11所述的方法,其中,所述第二控制资源集的配置信息包括所述第二控制资源集待被分成的第一控制资源集总数量和/或一个所述第一控制资源集的符号个数。The method according to claim 11, wherein the configuration information of the second control resource set includes the total number of the first control resource sets to be divided into the second control resource set and/or one of the first control resources The number of symbols in the set.
  13. 根据权利要求11所述的方法,其中,所述第二控制资源集的配置信息包括所述第二控制资源集的符号个数;The method according to claim 11, wherein the configuration information of the second control resource set includes the number of symbols of the second control resource set;
    所述根据第二控制资源集的配置信息,将所述第二控制资源集分成多个所述第一控制资源集,包括:The dividing the second control resource set into a plurality of the first control resource sets according to the configuration information of the second control resource set includes:
    根据所述第二控制资源集的符号个数,确定所述第二控制资源集待被分成的第一控制资源集总数量和/或一个所述第一控制资源集的符号个数;Determining, according to the number of symbols in the second control resource set, the total number of first control resource sets to be divided into the second control resource set and/or the number of symbols in the first control resource set;
    根据所述第一控制资源集总数量和/或一个所述第一控制资源集的符号个数,将所述第一控制资源集分成所述多个第一控制资源集。According to the total number of the first control resource sets and/or the number of symbols of the first control resource set, the first control resource set is divided into the multiple first control resource sets.
  14. 根据权利要求11所述的方法,其中,所述根据所述至少一个CCE,确定所述第一控制资源集的候选物理下行控制信道PDCCH,包括:The method according to claim 11, wherein the determining the candidate physical downlink control channel PDCCH of the first control resource set according to the at least one CCE comprises:
    根据所述多个第一控制资源集的CCE的编号,确定所述候选物理下行控制信道PDCCH,Determine the candidate physical downlink control channel PDCCH according to the numbers of the CCEs of the multiple first control resource sets,
    所述多个第一控制资源集内任意两个CCE的编号不同。The numbers of any two CCEs in the multiple first control resource sets are different.
  15. 根据权利要求14所述的方法,其中,所述方法还包括:The method according to claim 14, wherein the method further comprises:
    根据所述多个第一控制资源集的CCE的编号规则,对所述多个第一控制资源集的CCE进行编号,Numbering the CCEs of the multiple first control resource sets according to the numbering rules of the CCEs of the multiple first control resource sets,
    其中,所述多个第一控制资源集的CCE的编号规则包括:Wherein, the numbering rules of the CCEs of the multiple first control resource sets include:
    执行编号步骤:按照所述多个第一控制资源集的顺序,依次对所述多个第一控制资源集内的第j个CCE进行编号;Perform numbering step: sequentially number the j-th CCE in the plurality of first control resource sets according to the order of the plurality of first control resource sets;
    在对最后一个所述第一控制资源集内的第j个CCE完成编号之后,将最后一个第一控制资源集内第j个CCE的编号作为下一次编号的起点,j=j+1,返回执行所述编号步骤,直到对所述多个第一控制资源集内的所有CCE完成编号;j∈[1,a];a表示一个所述第一控制资源集的CCE数量。After the numbering of the j-th CCE in the last said first control resource set is completed, the number of the j-th CCE in the last first control resource set is taken as the starting point of the next numbering, j=j+1, return Perform the numbering step until all CCEs in the multiple first control resource sets are numbered; jε[1, a]; a represents the number of CCEs in one first control resource set.
  16. 根据权利要求1-15中任意一项所述的方法,其中,所述根据所述至少一个CCE,确定所述第一控制资源集的候选物理下行控制信道PDCCH,包括:The method according to any one of claims 1-15, wherein the determining the candidate physical downlink control channel PDCCH of the first control resource set according to the at least one CCE comprises:
    将所述第一控制资源集的所述至少一个CCE进行组合,得到至少一个CCE组,一个所述CCE组包括至少一个所述CCE;Combining the at least one CCE of the first control resource set to obtain at least one CCE group, and one of the CCE groups includes at least one of the CCEs;
    对所述至少一个CCE组进行PDCCH到CCE组的映射,得到所述候选物理下行控制信道PDCCH。Mapping the PDCCH to the CCE group is performed on the at least one CCE group to obtain the candidate physical downlink control channel PDCCH.
  17. 一种物理下行控制信道的确定装置,包括:A device for determining a physical downlink control channel includes:
    第一映射模块,用于根据第一控制资源集的多个资源单元组REG束的编号和控制信道元素CCE大小,对所述多个资源单元组REG束进行CCE到REG的映射,得到所述第一控制资源集的至少一个CCE,一个所述CCE包括至少一个所述REG束,一个所述REG束包括至少一个REG;The first mapping module is configured to perform CCE to REG mapping on the multiple resource element group REG bundles according to the number of the multiple resource element group REG bundles of the first control resource set and the control channel element CCE size to obtain the At least one CCE in the first control resource set, one CCE includes at least one REG bundle, and one REG bundle includes at least one REG;
    信道确定模块,用于根据所述至少一个CCE,确定所述第一控制资源集的候选物理下行控制信道PDCCH。The channel determining module is configured to determine the candidate physical downlink control channel PDCCH of the first control resource set according to the at least one CCE.
  18. 根据权利要求17所述的装置,其中,所述第一映射模块用于:The apparatus according to claim 17, wherein the first mapping module is configured to:
    根据第一预配置模式的映射规则,所述多个资源单元组REG束的编号以及所述控制信道元素CCE大小,对所述多个资源单元组REG束进行CCE到REG的映射,According to the mapping rule of the first pre-configuration mode, the number of the plurality of resource element group REG bundles and the size of the control channel element CCE, the CCE to REG mapping is performed on the plurality of resource element group REG bundles,
    所述第一预配置模式为以下一项:统一交织模式,统一非交织模式,时域交织模式和频域非交织模式,时域非交织模式和频域非交织模式,时域交织模式和频域交织模式,时域非交织模式和频域交织模式;The first pre-configured mode is one of the following: unified interleaving mode, unified non-interleaving mode, time-domain interleaving mode and frequency-domain non-interleaving mode, time-domain non-interleaving mode and frequency-domain non-interleaving mode, time-domain interleaving mode and frequency Domain interleaving mode, time domain non-interleaving mode and frequency domain interleaving mode;
    所述统一交织模式为对所述多个资源单元组REG束的编号进行交织的CCE到REG映射的模式;所述统一非交织模式为对所述多个资源单元组REG束的编号进行非交织的CCE到REG映射的模式。The unified interleaving mode is a CCE to REG mapping mode that interleaves the numbers of the multiple resource unit group REG bundles; the unified non-interleaving mode is non-interleaving the numbers of the multiple resource unit group REG bundles CCE to REG mapping mode.
  19. 根据权利要求18所述的装置,其中,The device of claim 18, wherein:
    所述统一交织模式的映射规则与以下至少一项相关:所述第一控制资源集内时分复用TDM的REG束个数,预先配置或者预定义的统一交织大小,预先配置或者预定义的每个CCE在时域上包含的REG束个数,预先配置或者预定义的每个CCE在频域上包含的REG束个数;The mapping rule of the unified interleaving pattern is related to at least one of the following: the number of TDM REG bundles in the first control resource set; The number of REG bundles included in each CCE in the time domain, and the pre-configured or predefined number of REG bundles included in each CCE in the frequency domain;
    所述统一非交织模式的映射规则与以下至少一项相关:所述第一控制资源集内TDM的REG束个数,预先配置或者预定义的每个CCE在时域上包含的REG束个数,预先配置或者预定义的每个CCE在频域上包含的REG束个数;The mapping rule of the unified non-interlaced mode is related to at least one of the following: the number of TDM REG bundles in the first control resource set, and the pre-configured or predefined number of REG bundles included in each CCE in the time domain , The number of pre-configured or predefined REG bundles included in each CCE in the frequency domain;
    所述时域交织模式的映射规则与以下一个或多个因素相关:所述第一控制资源集内TDM的REG束个数,预先配置或者预定义的时域交织大小,预先配置或者预定义的每个CCE在时域上包含的REG束个数,预先配置或者预定义的每个CCE在频域上包含的REG束个数;The mapping rule of the time-domain interleaving pattern is related to one or more of the following factors: the number of TDM REG bundles in the first control resource set, the pre-configured or predefined time-domain interleaving size, and the pre-configured or predefined The number of REG bundles contained in each CCE in the time domain, and the pre-configured or predefined number of REG bundles contained in each CCE in the frequency domain;
    所述频域交织模式的映射规则与以下一个或多个因素相关:所述第一控制资源集内TDM的REG束个数,预先配置或者预定义的频域交织大小,预先配置或者预定义的每个CCE在时域上包含的REG束个数,预先配置或者预定义的每个CCE在频域上包含的REG束个数;The mapping rule of the frequency-domain interleaving pattern is related to one or more of the following factors: the number of TDM REG bundles in the first control resource set, the pre-configured or predefined frequency-domain interleaving size, and the pre-configured or predefined The number of REG bundles contained in each CCE in the time domain, and the pre-configured or predefined number of REG bundles contained in each CCE in the frequency domain;
    所述时域非交织模式的映射规则与以下一个或多个因素相关:所述第一控制资源集内TDM的REG束个数,预先配置或者预定义的每个CCE在时域上包含的REG束个数,预先配置或者预定义的每个CCE在频域上包含的REG束个数;The mapping rule of the time-domain non-interleaved mode is related to one or more of the following factors: the number of TDM REG bundles in the first control resource set, the pre-configured or predefined REGs included in each CCE in the time domain The number of bundles, the number of pre-configured or predefined REG bundles included in each CCE in the frequency domain;
    所述频域非交织模式的映射规则与以下一个或多个因素相关:所述第一控制资源集内TDM的REG束个数,预先配置或者预定义的每个CCE在时域上包含的REG束个数,预先配置或者预定义的每个CCE在频域上包含的REG束个数。The mapping rule of the frequency-domain non-interlaced mode is related to one or more of the following factors: the number of TDM REG bundles in the first control resource set, the pre-configured or predefined REGs included in each CCE in the time domain The number of bundles is the number of pre-configured or predefined REG bundles included in each CCE in the frequency domain.
  20. 根据权利要求18所述的装置,其中,所述装置还包括:The device according to claim 18, wherein the device further comprises:
    第一编号模块,用于根据所述多个资源单元组REG束的编号规则,对所述多个资源单元组REG束进行编号,The first numbering module is configured to number the multiple resource unit group REG bundles according to the numbering rule of the multiple resource unit group REG bundles,
    其中,所述多个资源单元组REG束的编号规则为:Wherein, the numbering rule of the multiple resource unit groups REG bundles is:
    将所述第一控制资源集内最低频域上的各个REG束依次按时域先后顺序进行编号;按照所述第一控制资源集的频域从低到高的顺序,对所述第一控制资源集的下一个频域上的各个REG束依次按时域先后顺序进行编号,直到对所述第一控制资源集的所有REG束完成编号;The REG bundles in the lowest frequency domain in the first control resource set are numbered sequentially in the time domain sequence; according to the frequency domain of the first control resource set from low to high, the first control resource is Each REG bundle in the next frequency domain of the set is numbered sequentially in time domain order, until all REG bundles in the first control resource set are numbered;
    或者,or,
    将所述第一控制资源集内最高频域上的各个REG束依次按时域先后顺序进行编号;按照所述第一控制资源集的频域从高到低的顺序,对所述第一控制资源集的下一个频域上的各个REG束依次按时域先后顺序进行编号,直到对所述第一控制资源集的所有REG束完成编号;The REG bundles in the highest frequency domain in the first control resource set are numbered sequentially in the time domain sequence; according to the frequency domain order of the first control resource set from high to low, the first control resource set is Each REG bundle in the next frequency domain of the resource set is numbered sequentially in time domain order, until all REG bundles in the first control resource set are numbered;
    或者,or,
    将所述第一控制资源集内最先开始的时域上的各个REG束依次按频域从低到高顺序进行编号;按照所述第一控制资源集的时域先后顺序,对所述第一控制资源集的下一个时域上的各个REG束依次按频域从低到高顺序 进行编号,直到对所述第一控制资源集的所有REG束完成编号;The REG bundles in the first time domain in the first control resource set are numbered in sequence from low to high in the frequency domain; according to the time domain sequence of the first control resource set, the first control resource set is Each REG bundle in the next time domain of a control resource set is numbered in sequence from low to high in the frequency domain, until all REG bundles in the first control resource set are numbered;
    或者,or,
    将所述第一控制资源集内最先开始的时域上的各个REG束依次按频域从高到低顺序进行编号;按照所述第一控制资源集的时域先后顺序,对所述第一控制资源集的下一个时域上的各个REG束依次按频域从高到低顺序进行编号,直到对所述第一控制资源集的所有REG束完成编号。The REG bundles in the first time domain in the first control resource set are numbered in sequence from high to low in the frequency domain; according to the time domain sequence of the first control resource set, the first control resource set is Each REG bundle in the next time domain of a control resource set is numbered sequentially from high to low in the frequency domain, until all REG bundles of the first control resource set are numbered.
  21. 根据权利要求17所述的装置,其中,所述第一映射模块用于:The apparatus according to claim 17, wherein the first mapping module is configured to:
    根据第二预配置模式的映射规则,第三预配置模式的映射规则,所述多个资源单元组REG束的编号以及所述控制信道元素CCE大小,对所述多个资源单元组REG束进行CCE到REG的映射,According to the mapping rule of the second pre-configuration mode, the mapping rule of the third pre-configuration mode, the number of the plurality of resource unit group REG bundles, and the size of the control channel element CCE, the REG bundles of the plurality of resource unit groups are performed CCE to REG mapping,
    所述第二预配置模式为时域交织模式或时域非交织模式,所述第三预配置模式为频域交织模式或频域非交织模式。The second pre-configuration mode is a time-domain interleaving mode or a time-domain non-interleaving mode, and the third pre-configuration mode is a frequency-domain interleaving mode or a frequency-domain non-interleaving mode.
  22. 根据权利要求21所述的装置,其中,The device according to claim 21, wherein:
    所述时域交织模式的映射规则与以下至少一项相关:所述第一控制资源集内TDM的REG束个数,配置或者预定义的时域交织大小,预先配置或者预定义的每个CCE在时域上包含的REG束个数,预先配置或者预定义的每个CCE在频域上包含的REG束个数;The mapping rule of the time-domain interleaving pattern is related to at least one of the following: the number of TDM REG bundles in the first control resource set, the configured or predefined time-domain interleaving size, and each pre-configured or predefined CCE The number of REG bundles included in the time domain, and the pre-configured or predefined number of REG bundles included in each CCE in the frequency domain;
    所述频域交织模式的映射规则与以下至少一项相关:所述第一控制资源集内TDM的REG束个数,配置或者预定义的频域交织大小,预先配置或者预定义的每个CCE在时域上包含的REG束个数,预先配置或者预定义的每个CCE在频域上包含的REG束个数;The mapping rule of the frequency domain interleaving pattern is related to at least one of the following: the number of TDM REG bundles in the first control resource set, the configured or predefined frequency domain interleaving size, and each pre-configured or predefined CCE The number of REG bundles included in the time domain, and the pre-configured or predefined number of REG bundles included in each CCE in the frequency domain;
    所述时域非交织模式的映射规则与以下至少一项相关:所述第一控制资源集内时分复用TDM的REG束个数,预先配置或者预定义的每个CCE在时域上包含的REG束个数,预先配置或者预定义的每个CCE在频域上包含的REG束个数;The mapping rule of the time-domain non-interleaving mode is related to at least one of the following: the number of time-division multiplexed TDM REG bundles in the first control resource set, and the pre-configured or pre-defined CCEs included in the time domain The number of REG bundles, the number of pre-configured or predefined REG bundles included in each CCE in the frequency domain;
    所述频域非交织模式的映射规则与以下至少一项相关:所述第一控制资源集内时分复用TDM的REG束个数,预先配置或者预定义的每个CCE在时域上包含的REG束个数,预先配置或者预定义的每个CCE在频域上包含的REG束个数。The mapping rule of the frequency-domain non-interleaved mode is related to at least one of the following: the number of TDM REG bundles in the first control resource set, and the pre-configured or pre-defined CCE included in the time domain The number of REG bundles is the number of pre-configured or predefined REG bundles included in each CCE in the frequency domain.
  23. 根据权利要求21所述的装置,其中,所述多个资源单元组REG束中的每个REG束的编号包括时域编号和频域编号。The apparatus according to claim 21, wherein the number of each REG bundle in the plurality of resource unit group REG bundles includes a time domain number and a frequency domain number.
  24. 根据权利要求17-23中任一项所述的装置,其中,所述装置还包括:The device according to any one of claims 17-23, wherein the device further comprises:
    REG束确定模块,用于根据REG束大小以及所述第一控制资源集的REG,确定所述多个资源单元组REG束,所述REG束大小与所述第一控制资源集的符号个数相关。The REG bundle determining module is configured to determine the plurality of resource unit groups REG bundles according to the REG bundle size and the REG of the first control resource set, the REG bundle size and the number of symbols in the first control resource set Related.
  25. 根据权利要求17-23中任一项所述的装置,其中,所述CCE大小与所述第一控制资源集的符号个数相关。The apparatus according to any one of claims 17-23, wherein the size of the CCE is related to the number of symbols in the first control resource set.
  26. 根据权利要求17-23中任一项所述的装置,其中,所述REG束大小按照时域和/或频域进行配置。The apparatus according to any one of claims 17-23, wherein the REG bundle size is configured according to the time domain and/or the frequency domain.
  27. 根据权利要求17-23中任一项所述的装置,其中,所述装置还包括:The device according to any one of claims 17-23, wherein the device further comprises:
    划分模块,用于根据第二控制资源集的配置信息,将所述第二控制资源集分成多个所述第一控制资源集。The dividing module is configured to divide the second control resource set into multiple first control resource sets according to the configuration information of the second control resource set.
  28. 根据权利要求27所述的装置,其中,所述第二控制资源集的配置信息包括所述第二控制资源集待被分成的第一控制资源集总数量和/或一个所述第一控制资源集的符号个数。The apparatus according to claim 27, wherein the configuration information of the second control resource set comprises the total number of the first control resource sets to be divided into the second control resource set and/or one of the first control resources The number of symbols in the set.
  29. 根据权利要求27所述的装置,其中,所述第二控制资源集的配置信息包括所述第二控制资源集的符号个数;The apparatus according to claim 27, wherein the configuration information of the second control resource set includes the number of symbols of the second control resource set;
    所述划分模块包括:The division module includes:
    信息确定模块,用于根据所述第二控制资源集的符号个数,确定所述第二控制资源集待被分成的第一控制资源集总数量和/或一个所述第一控制资源集的符号个数;The information determining module is configured to determine, according to the number of symbols in the second control resource set, the total number of the first control resource set to be divided into the second control resource set and/or the number of the first control resource set The number of symbols;
    控制资源集划分模块,用于根据所述第一控制资源集总数量和/或一个所述第一控制资源集的符号个数,将所述第一控制资源集分成所述多个第一控制资源集。The control resource set dividing module is configured to divide the first control resource set into the plurality of first control resources according to the total number of the first control resource sets and/or the number of symbols of the first control resource set Resource set.
  30. 根据权利要求27所述的装置,其中,所述信道确定模块用于:The apparatus according to claim 27, wherein the channel determination module is configured to:
    根据所述多个第一控制资源集的CCE的编号,确定所述候选物理下行控制信道PDCCH,所述多个第一控制资源集内任意两个CCE的编号不同。The candidate physical downlink control channel PDCCH is determined according to the numbers of the CCEs of the multiple first control resource sets, and the numbers of any two CCEs in the multiple first control resource sets are different.
  31. 根据权利要求27所述的装置,其中,所述装置还包括:The device according to claim 27, wherein the device further comprises:
    第二编号模块,用于根据所述多个第一控制资源集的CCE的编号规则,对所述多个第一控制资源集的CCE进行编号;The second numbering module is configured to number the CCEs of the multiple first control resource sets according to the numbering rules of the CCEs of the multiple first control resource sets;
    其中,所述多个第一控制资源集的CCE的编号规则包括:Wherein, the numbering rules of the CCEs of the multiple first control resource sets include:
    执行编号步骤:按照所述多个第一控制资源集的顺序,依次对所述多个第一控制资源集内的第j个CCE进行编号;Perform numbering step: sequentially number the j-th CCE in the plurality of first control resource sets according to the order of the plurality of first control resource sets;
    在对最后一个所述第一控制资源集内的第j个CCE完成编号之后,将最后一个第一控制资源集内第j个CCE的编号作为下一次编号的起点,j=j+1,返回执行所述编号步骤,直到对所述多个第一控制资源集内的所有CCE完成编号;j∈[1,a];a表示一个所述第一控制资源集的CCE数量。After the numbering of the j-th CCE in the last said first control resource set is completed, the number of the j-th CCE in the last first control resource set is taken as the starting point of the next numbering, j=j+1, return Perform the numbering step until all CCEs in the multiple first control resource sets are numbered; jε[1, a]; a represents the number of CCEs in one first control resource set.
  32. 根据权利要求17-31中任意一项所述的装置,其中,所述信道确定模块包括:The device according to any one of claims 17-31, wherein the channel determination module comprises:
    CCE组合模块,用于将所述第一控制资源集的所述至少一个CCE进行组合,得到至少一个CCE组,一个所述CCE组包括至少一个所述CCE;The CCE combination module is configured to combine the at least one CCE of the first control resource set to obtain at least one CCE group, and one of the CCE groups includes at least one of the CCEs;
    第二映射模块,用于对所述至少一个CCE组进行PDCCH到CCE组的映射,得到所述候选物理下行控制信道PDCCH。The second mapping module is configured to map the PDCCH to the CCE group on the at least one CCE group to obtain the candidate physical downlink control channel PDCCH.
  33. 一种网络设备,包括处理器、存储器及存储在所述存储器上并可在所述处理器上运行的计算机程序,所述计算机程序被所述处理器执行时实现如权利要求1至16中任一项所述的物理下行控制信道的确定方法的步骤。A network device, comprising a processor, a memory, and a computer program stored on the memory and capable of running on the processor. The computer program is executed by the processor to implement any of claims 1 to 16 One of the steps of the method for determining the physical downlink control channel.
  34. 一种用户设备,包括处理器、存储器及存储在所述存储器上并可在所述处理器上运行的计算机程序,所述计算机程序被所述处理器执行时实现如权利要求1至16中任一项所述的物理下行控制信道的确定方法的步骤。A user equipment comprising a processor, a memory, and a computer program stored on the memory and capable of running on the processor, the computer program being executed by the processor realizes any of claims 1 to 16 One of the steps of the method for determining the physical downlink control channel.
  35. 一种计算机可读存储介质,所述计算机可读存储介质上存储计算机程序,所述计算机程序被处理器执行时实现如权利要求1至16中任一项所述的物理下行控制信道的确定方法的步骤。A computer-readable storage medium storing a computer program on the computer-readable storage medium, and when the computer program is executed by a processor, the method for determining a physical downlink control channel according to any one of claims 1 to 16 is implemented A step of.
  36. 一种计算机程序产品,所述程序产品被至少一个处理器执行实现如权利要求1至16中任一项所述的物理下行控制信道的确定方法的步骤。A computer program product, wherein the program product is executed by at least one processor to implement the steps of the method for determining a physical downlink control channel according to any one of claims 1 to 16.
  37. 一种用户设备,所述设备被配置为用于执行实现如权利要求1至16中任一项所述的物理下行控制信道的确定方法的步骤。A user equipment configured to implement the steps of the method for determining a physical downlink control channel according to any one of claims 1 to 16.
PCT/CN2021/071207 2020-01-13 2021-01-12 Method and apparatus for determining physical downlink control channel, and device and medium WO2021143662A1 (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
CN202010033968.XA CN113115448B (en) 2020-01-13 2020-01-13 Method, device, equipment and medium for determining physical downlink control channel
CN202010033968.X 2020-01-13

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2021143662A1 true WO2021143662A1 (en) 2021-07-22

Family

ID=76709037

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/CN2021/071207 WO2021143662A1 (en) 2020-01-13 2021-01-12 Method and apparatus for determining physical downlink control channel, and device and medium

Country Status (2)

Country Link
CN (1) CN113115448B (en)
WO (1) WO2021143662A1 (en)

Families Citing this family (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2023123097A1 (en) * 2021-12-29 2023-07-06 北京小米移动软件有限公司 Resource element group bundle determining method and device, and resource element group bundle mapping method and device

Citations (6)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN108206714A (en) * 2017-12-29 2018-06-26 中兴通讯股份有限公司 Channel state information acquisition method and device
CN108809572A (en) * 2017-05-04 2018-11-13 华为技术有限公司 Communication means and communication device
CN109391430A (en) * 2017-08-11 2019-02-26 维沃移动通信有限公司 PDCCH resource configuration determines method, network side equipment and user terminal
CN109660315A (en) * 2017-10-10 2019-04-19 北京展讯高科通信技术有限公司 PDCCH blind detection method and device, storage medium, user equipment based on DMRS
CN109716693A (en) * 2017-03-22 2019-05-03 联发科技股份有限公司 New radio system physical downlink control channel design
CN110612690A (en) * 2017-05-04 2019-12-24 夏普株式会社 User equipment, base station and method

Family Cites Families (2)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN109691205A (en) * 2017-03-02 2019-04-26 Oppo广东移动通信有限公司 Network node, user apparatus and method for wireless communication system
US11206117B2 (en) * 2017-09-08 2021-12-21 Lg Electronics Inc. Method for transmitting or receiving signal in wireless communication system and device therefor

Patent Citations (6)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN109716693A (en) * 2017-03-22 2019-05-03 联发科技股份有限公司 New radio system physical downlink control channel design
CN108809572A (en) * 2017-05-04 2018-11-13 华为技术有限公司 Communication means and communication device
CN110612690A (en) * 2017-05-04 2019-12-24 夏普株式会社 User equipment, base station and method
CN109391430A (en) * 2017-08-11 2019-02-26 维沃移动通信有限公司 PDCCH resource configuration determines method, network side equipment and user terminal
CN109660315A (en) * 2017-10-10 2019-04-19 北京展讯高科通信技术有限公司 PDCCH blind detection method and device, storage medium, user equipment based on DMRS
CN108206714A (en) * 2017-12-29 2018-06-26 中兴通讯股份有限公司 Channel state information acquisition method and device

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
CN113115448B (en) 2023-04-07
CN113115448A (en) 2021-07-13

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
WO2021027646A1 (en) Sidelink resource mapping method, transmission method, network apparatus, and terminal apparatus
JP7206417B2 (en) Channel resource determination method, channel detection method and terminal
WO2020200091A1 (en) Mapping method, terminal device, and network-side device
WO2021027483A1 (en) Scheduling method, network device and terminal
US11963146B2 (en) Method and device for detecting slot format indication, and method and device for configuring slot format indication
WO2021115361A1 (en) Sending method, receiving method, network device, and terminal
WO2020228537A1 (en) Resource determination method, resource indication method, terminal and network side device
JP7436685B2 (en) Frequency domain resource processing method, frequency domain resource configuration method and related equipment
WO2021208879A1 (en) Resource determination method, indication method and device
WO2021143662A1 (en) Method and apparatus for determining physical downlink control channel, and device and medium
CN111182636B (en) Downlink control information detection method, network side equipment and terminal equipment
CN109802902A (en) A kind of Physical Resource Block binding size determines method, terminal device and the network equipment
CN111278115B (en) Transmission method, configuration method and related equipment
KR102589486B1 (en) Uplink transmission method and terminal
US20220346073A1 (en) Pdcch configuration method and terminal
US20220174701A1 (en) Information processing method, device, and computer-readable storage medium
WO2021155765A1 (en) Physical uplink control channel transmission method, apparatus, and device, and medium
WO2021204155A1 (en) Resource determination method, and terminal
WO2021204152A1 (en) Resource determination method, and terminal
CN111836307B (en) Mapping type determining method and terminal
JP2023520340A (en) DMRS overhead reference value determination method and terminal
CN109660323B (en) Method, base station and user terminal for configuring time domain position of CSI-RS
KR102646769B1 (en) Data transmission methods, terminals and network devices
CN110381582B (en) Signal transmission method, related equipment and system
WO2021197307A1 (en) Resource selection method and device

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 21741838

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE

122 Ep: pct application non-entry in european phase

Ref document number: 21741838

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

32PN Ep: public notification in the ep bulletin as address of the adressee cannot be established

Free format text: NOTING OF LOSS OF RIGHTS PURSUANT TO RULE 112(1) EPC (EPO FORM 1205A DATED 20/02/2023)

122 Ep: pct application non-entry in european phase

Ref document number: 21741838

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1